[gnome-user-docs] Updated Spanish translation
- From: Daniel Mustieles García <dmustieles src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gnome-user-docs] Updated Spanish translation
- Date: Mon, 25 Nov 2013 11:37:06 +0000 (UTC)
commit b8dd7d80d568c08433e30da0346a921b73a3d4ae
Author: Daniel Mustieles <daniel mustieles gmail com>
Date: Mon Nov 25 12:37:00 2013 +0100
Updated Spanish translation
gnome-help/es/es.po | 8703 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------
1 files changed, 5232 insertions(+), 3471 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gnome-help/es/es.po b/gnome-help/es/es.po
index 72f2342..b52b032 100644
--- a/gnome-help/es/es.po
+++ b/gnome-help/es/es.po
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gnome-help.master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-06 12:56+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-07 16:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-16 08:59+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-25 12:33+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Daniel Mustieles <daniel mustieles gmail com>\n"
"Language-Team: Español <gnome-es-list gnome org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -110,35 +110,35 @@ msgstr "Este trabajo está licenciado bajo una <_:link-1/>."
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:16 C/a11y-font-size.page:15 C/a11y-mag.page:15
#: C/a11y.page:12 C/a11y-right-click.page:16 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:11
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:14 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:16
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:16 C/bluetooth.page:10
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:19
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13 C/clock.page:18 C/disk.page:9
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:16 C/bluetooth.page:12
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:20
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:15 C/clock.page:12 C/disk.page:9
#: C/files-browse.page:18 C/files-delete.page:17 C/files-lost.page:18
#: C/files-open.page:18 C/files-preview.page:13 C/files-removedrive.page:8
-#: C/files-rename.page:16 C/files-search.page:17 C/files-select.page:8
-#: C/files-share.page:15 C/files.page:10 C/hardware-auth.page:9
-#: C/hardware.page:9 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12 C/keyboard-nav.page:20
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11 C/keyboard.page:18 C/look-background.page:26
-#: C/media.page:9 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17 C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
+#: C/files-rename.page:16 C/files-search.page:15 C/files-select.page:8
+#: C/files-share.page:15 C/files.page:14 C/hardware-auth.page:9
+#: C/hardware.page:9 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 C/keyboard-nav.page:20
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 C/keyboard.page:18 C/look-background.page:25
+#: C/media.page:9 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:15 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:20
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:18 C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18 C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:14
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18 C/nautilus-connect.page:15
#: C/nautilus-display.page:13 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18 C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13 C/nautilus-views.page:18 C/net-findip.page:11
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:10 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10 C/net.page:10 C/prefs-display.page:9
-#: C/prefs-language.page:9 C/prefs.page:10 C/printing-setup.page:25
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:16 C/screen-shot-record.page:18
-#: C/session-formats.page:13 C/session-language.page:17 C/shell-exit.page:17
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13 C/nautilus-views.page:18 C/net-findip.page:14
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:13 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:16 C/net.page:10
+#: C/prefs-display.page:9 C/prefs-language.page:9 C/prefs.page:10
+#: C/printing-setup.page:24 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:16
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18 C/session-formats.page:14
+#: C/session-language.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:17
#: C/shell-introduction.page:15 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16 C/shell-windows-states.page:15
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15 C/sound-alert.page:10 C/sound-usemic.page:10
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9 C/sound-volume.page:13
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11 C/tips.page:8 C/user-add.page:18
-#: C/user-addguest.page:21 C/user-changepicture.page:15 C/user-delete.page:19
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:15 C/shell-windows-states.page:15
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15 C/sound-alert.page:13 C/sound-usemic.page:13
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:14 C/sound-volume.page:13
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:14 C/tips.page:8 C/user-add.page:18
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:17 C/user-delete.page:21
msgid "Shaun McCance"
msgstr "Shaun McCance"
@@ -146,27 +146,26 @@ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20 C/a11y-icon.page:14
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:21 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20 C/accounts-disable-service.page:12
-#: C/accounts.page:12 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
+#: C/accounts.page:12 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18
#: C/files-browse.page:22 C/files-hidden.page:12 C/files-sort.page:12
#: C/files-tilde.page:13 C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:22 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:16
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:14 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:12 C/net-default-browser.page:10
-#: C/net-default-email.page:10 C/net-email-virus.page:12
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:12 C/net-default-browser.page:13
+#: C/net-default-email.page:13 C/net-email-virus.page:12
#: C/net-install-flash.page:10 C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
-#: C/net-manual.page:11 C/net-othersconnect.page:11 C/net-othersedit.page:11
-#: C/net-proxy.page:10 C/net-slow.page:10 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16 C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17 C/power-batterylife.page:19
+#: C/net-manual.page:13 C/net-othersconnect.page:14 C/net-othersedit.page:14
+#: C/net-proxy.page:13 C/net-slow.page:10 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:12
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:19 C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:13
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:16
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17 C/power-batterylife.page:20
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17 C/power-batterywindows.page:17
#: C/power-othercountry.page:16 C/printing-2sided.page:13
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14 C/printing-differentsize.page:12
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:12 C/printing-differentsize.page:12
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14 C/printing-order.page:13
-#: C/printing-select.page:12 C/printing-setup.page:13 C/printing.page:9
-#: C/sound-volume.page:8 C/user-addguest.page:17 C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+#: C/printing-select.page:12 C/printing-setup.page:12 C/printing.page:9
+#: C/sound-volume.page:8 C/user-goodpassword.page:16
msgid "Phil Bull"
msgstr "Phil Bull"
@@ -178,60 +177,64 @@ msgstr "Phil Bull"
#: C/accounts-create.page:21 C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17
#: C/accounts-remove.page:14 C/accounts-which-application.page:18
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:17 C/backup-how.page:20 C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
-#: C/backup-what.page:19 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24 C/clock-calendar.page:18 C/clock-set.page:16
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:15 C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18 C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16 C/contacts.page:12 C/contacts-connect.page:13
+#: C/backup-what.page:19 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:26
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24 C/clock-calendar.page:19
+#: C/clock-set.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:17 C/color-assignprofiles.page:19
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:21 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:20
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:19 C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
+#: C/contacts.page:12 C/contacts-connect.page:13
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
-#: C/contacts-search.page:16 C/contacts-setup.page:10 C/disk-benchmark.page:19
+#: C/contacts-search.page:16 C/contacts-setup.page:10 C/disk-benchmark.page:21
#: C/disk-capacity.page:16 C/disk-check.page:17
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17 C/documents-collections.page:15
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17 C/documents-collections.page:16
#: C/documents-filter.page:10 C/documents-formats.page:8
-#: C/documents-info.page:15 C/documents.page:15 C/documents-previews.page:15
+#: C/documents-info.page:15 C/documents.page:16 C/documents-previews.page:15
#: C/documents-print.page:15 C/documents-search.page:15
#: C/documents-select.page:15 C/documents-tracker.page:13
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15 C/documents-view.page:15
-#: C/files-autorun.page:23 C/files-browse.page:26 C/files-copy.page:21
-#: C/files-delete.page:26 C/files-disc-write.page:8 C/files-hidden.page:16
+#: C/files-autorun.page:20 C/files-browse.page:26 C/files-copy.page:21
+#: C/files-delete.page:26 C/files-disc-write.page:12 C/files-hidden.page:16
#: C/files-lost.page:22 C/files-removedrive.page:16 C/files-rename.page:24
-#: C/files-search.page:21 C/files-share.page:19 C/files-sort.page:20
+#: C/files-search.page:19 C/files-share.page:19 C/files-sort.page:20
#: C/files-templates.page:16 C/files-tilde.page:17
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25 C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12 C/keyboard-osk.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
-#: C/keyboard.page:26 C/look-background.page:34 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
-#: C/look-resolution.page:20 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 C/keyboard-layouts.page:24
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12 C/keyboard-osk.page:24
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14
+#: C/keyboard.page:26 C/look-background.page:33 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26
+#: C/look-resolution.page:22 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:19
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:24 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19 C/nautilus-display.page:17
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22 C/nautilus-list.page:16
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17 C/nautilus-views.page:22
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:14 C/net-default-email.page:14
-#: C/net-findip.page:19 C/net-macaddress.page:18 C/net-othersconnect.page:15
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:15 C/net-proxy.page:18 C/power-batterylife.page:27
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:21 C/power-whydim.page:16 C/prefs-language.page:13
-#: C/printing-setup.page:29 C/privacy.page:20
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:16 C/privacy-purge.page:16
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:20 C/screen-shot-record.page:23
-#: C/session-formats.page:17 C/session-language.page:25
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17 C/settings-sharing.page:16
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11 C/sharing-desktop.page:15
-#: C/sharing-media.page:11 C/sharing-personal.page:12
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20 C/shell-apps-open.page:18
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:19 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11 C/shell-notifications.page:20
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:18 C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20 C/sound-alert.page:14
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:14 C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15 C/translate.page:17 C/user-add.page:22
-#: C/user-addguest.page:25 C/user-changepassword.page:19 C/user-delete.page:23
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24 C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:10 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11 C/wacom-stylus.page:10
-#: C/wacom.page:16
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:17 C/net-default-email.page:17
+#: C/net-findip.page:22 C/net-macaddress.page:21 C/net-manual.page:17
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:18 C/net-othersedit.page:18 C/net-proxy.page:21
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:18 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:20
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:20 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:28 C/power-nowireless.page:23
+#: C/power-whydim.page:18 C/prefs-language.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:28
+#: C/privacy.page:20 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:16
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:16 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:20
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23 C/session-formats.page:18
+#: C/session-language.page:26 C/session-screenlocks.page:18
+#: C/settings-sharing.page:16 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:13
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:16 C/sharing-media.page:12
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:12 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:17
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:16 C/shell-introduction.page:19
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20 C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:18 C/shell-terminology.page:18
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:15 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:19
+#: C/sound-alert.page:17 C/sound-usemic.page:17 C/sound-usespeakers.page:18
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:18 C/translate.page:17 C/user-add.page:22
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:18 C/user-delete.page:25
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24 C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:12 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:12 C/wacom-stylus.page:12
+#: C/wacom.page:18
msgid "Michael Hill"
msgstr "Michael Hill"
@@ -241,18 +244,35 @@ msgstr "Michael Hill"
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28 C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
#: C/accounts-create.page:13 C/accounts-remove.page:18
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:22 C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:18 C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20 C/contacts-search.page:20
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21 C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:17 C/keyboard-nav.page:25
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:26 C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:23 C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
-#: C/power-closelid.page:17 C/power-hibernate.page:18 C/power-lowpower.page:15
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:17 C/power-suspendfail.page:17
-#: C/power-suspend.page:16 C/printing-to-file.page:10 C/sharing.page:15
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11 C/shell-exit.page:29 C/shell-introduction.page:23
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24 C/user-autologin.page:13
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:23 C/clock-timezone.page:21
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:23 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:25
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:24 C/color-howtoimport.page:23
+#: C/color-notifications.page:18 C/color-testing.page:18
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20 C/contacts-connect.page:18
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
+#: C/contacts-search.page:20 C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17 C/keyboard-key-super.page:17
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:32 C/keyboard-nav.page:25 C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+#: C/look-background.page:41 C/look-resolution.page:30
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:26 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22 C/nautilus-views.page:26
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:21 C/net-default-email.page:21
+#: C/net-findip.page:26 C/net-macaddress.page:25 C/net-othersconnect.page:22
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:22 C/net-proxy.page:25
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21 C/power-batterylife.page:24
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21 C/power-closelid.page:18
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:18 C/power-lowpower.page:15
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:19 C/power-suspendfail.page:17
+#: C/power-suspend.page:16 C/power-whydim.page:22 C/printing-to-file.page:10
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:21 C/session-screenlocks.page:22
+#: C/sharing.page:16 C/sharing-desktop.page:12 C/shell-exit.page:29
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:23 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:22 C/shell-terminology.page:22
+#: C/sound-alert.page:21 C/sound-usemic.page:21 C/sound-usespeakers.page:22
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:22 C/user-add.page:26 C/user-admin-change.page:18
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:17 C/user-admin-problems.page:17
+#: C/user-autologin.page:13 C/user-changepassword.page:22
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:21 C/user-delete.page:29
msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
@@ -283,7 +303,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:44 C/a11y-contrast.page:41 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:37 C/a11y-icon.page:38 C/a11y-mag.page:39
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:44 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 C/a11y-visualalert.page:45
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
msgid ""
"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
"typing <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
@@ -295,7 +316,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48 C/a11y-contrast.page:45 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 C/a11y-icon.page:42 C/a11y-mag.page:43
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 C/a11y-visualalert.page:49
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:53
msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel."
msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Acceso universal</gui> para abrir el panel."
@@ -838,10 +860,10 @@ msgstr "Uso del teclado"
#. (itstool) path: credit/years
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:18 C/accounts-whyadd.page:14 C/contacts.page:14
#: C/contacts-connect.page:15 C/contacts-setup.page:12
-#: C/documents-collections.page:12 C/documents-collections.page:17
+#: C/documents-collections.page:13 C/documents-collections.page:18
#: C/documents-filter.page:12 C/documents-formats.page:10
-#: C/documents-info.page:12 C/documents-info.page:17 C/documents.page:12
-#: C/documents.page:17 C/documents-previews.page:12
+#: C/documents-info.page:12 C/documents-info.page:17 C/documents.page:13
+#: C/documents.page:18 C/documents-previews.page:12
#: C/documents-previews.page:17 C/documents-print.page:12
#: C/documents-print.page:17 C/documents-search.page:12
#: C/documents-search.page:17 C/documents-select.page:12
@@ -849,11 +871,11 @@ msgstr "Uso del teclado"
#: C/documents-tracker.page:15 C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17 C/documents-view.page:12
#: C/documents-view.page:17 C/files-removedrive.page:18
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 C/keyboard-nav.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17 C/keyboard-nav.page:22
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13 C/shell-windows-states.page:17
-#: C/status-icons.page:14 C/wacom-left-handed.page:12 C/wacom-mode.page:12
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13 C/wacom-stylus.page:12
+#: C/status-icons.page:14 C/wacom-left-handed.page:14 C/wacom-mode.page:14
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:14 C/wacom-stylus.page:14
msgid "2012"
msgstr "2012"
@@ -1280,45 +1302,44 @@ msgstr "Unos cuantos consejos sobre el uso de la guía de ayuda del escritorio.
#: C/about-this-guide.page:10 C/backup-check.page:11
#: C/backup-frequency.page:16 C/backup-how.page:16 C/backup-restore.page:15
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17 C/backup-what.page:11 C/backup-where.page:13
-#: C/backup-why.page:13 C/clock-calendar.page:14 C/clock-set.page:12
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:11 C/disk-benchmark.page:11 C/disk-capacity.page:8
+#: C/backup-why.page:13 C/clock-calendar.page:15 C/clock-set.page:13
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:13 C/disk-benchmark.page:13 C/disk-capacity.page:8
#: C/disk-check.page:9 C/disk-format.page:9 C/disk-partitions.page:9
-#: C/files-autorun.page:19 C/files-lost.page:14 C/files-recover.page:14
-#: C/files-rename.page:12 C/files-search.page:13 C/gnome-classic.page:14
+#: C/files-autorun.page:16 C/files-lost.page:14 C/files-recover.page:14
+#: C/files-rename.page:12 C/files-search.page:11 C/gnome-classic.page:12
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13 C/hardware-driver.page:11
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:13 C/look-background.page:14
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13 C/look-resolution.page:12
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:13 C/look-background.page:13
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14 C/look-resolution.page:14
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12 C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9 C/music-player-newipod.page:9
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10 C/net-antivirus.page:13
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11 C/net-wired-connect.page:10
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10 C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15 C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13 C/power-batterylife.page:15
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:14 C/net-wired-connect.page:10
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:13 C/net-wireless-connect.page:16
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:15 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:17
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18 C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:13
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13 C/power-batterylife.page:16
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13 C/power-batteryslow.page:12
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13 C/power-closelid.page:13
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13 C/power-closelid.page:14
#: C/power-constantfan.page:12 C/power-hibernate.page:14
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13 C/power-lowpower.page:11
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:13 C/power-othercountry.page:12
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13 C/power-suspend.page:12 C/power-whydim.page:12
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:15 C/power-othercountry.page:12
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13 C/power-suspend.page:12 C/power-whydim.page:14
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12 C/printing-streaks.page:14
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13 C/session-language.page:13
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14 C/shell-overview.page:21
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:14 C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14 C/shell-windows.page:14
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13 C/session-language.page:14
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:14 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:13
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:12 C/shell-overview.page:21
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:14 C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:13 C/shell-windows.page:14
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:15 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:13
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15 C/sound-broken.page:13 C/sound-crackle.page:13
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:14 C/user-accounts.page:17 C/user-add.page:14
-#: C/user-addguest.page:13 C/user-admin-change.page:16
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13 C/user-admin-problems.page:13
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:15 C/user-changepicture.page:11
-#: C/user-delete.page:15 C/user-goodpassword.page:12 C/video-dvd.page:14
-#: C/video-sending.page:11
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:14 C/user-accounts.page:13 C/user-add.page:14
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:14 C/user-admin-explain.page:13
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13 C/user-changepassword.page:14
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:13 C/user-delete.page:17
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12 C/video-dvd.page:14 C/video-sending.page:11
msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
msgstr "Proyecto de documentación de GNOME"
@@ -1402,19 +1423,19 @@ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
msgstr "-- El equipo de documentación GNOME"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-add.page:13 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:15 C/files-delete.page:22
+#: C/accounts-add.page:13 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:17
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:16 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:18
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:16 C/files-delete.page:22
#: C/files-removedrive.page:12 C/files-rename.page:20 C/files-sort.page:16
-#: C/more-help.page:14 C/net-findip.page:15 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11 C/printing-2sided.page:17
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18 C/printing-differentsize.page:16
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18 C/printing-order.page:17
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
-#: C/printing-setup.page:17 C/privacy.page:15
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:12 C/privacy-purge.page:12
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:24
+#: C/more-help.page:14 C/net-findip.page:18 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:17 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:14 C/printing-2sided.page:17
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:16 C/printing-differentsize.page:16
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18 C/printing-name-location.page:17
+#: C/printing-order.page:17 C/printing-paperjam.page:12
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:12 C/printing-setup.page:16
+#: C/privacy.page:15 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:12
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:12 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:24
msgid "Jim Campbell"
msgstr "Jim Campbell"
@@ -1514,14 +1535,14 @@ msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">quítela</link>."
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-create.page:17 C/documents-collections.page:10
-#: C/documents-info.page:10 C/documents.page:10 C/documents-previews.page:10
+#: C/accounts-create.page:17 C/documents-collections.page:11
+#: C/documents-info.page:10 C/documents.page:11 C/documents-previews.page:10
#: C/documents-print.page:10 C/documents-search.page:10
#: C/documents-select.page:10 C/documents-tracker.page:8
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10 C/documents-view.page:10
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21 C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16 C/keyboard-osk.page:15
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 C/keyboard-layouts.page:20
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16 C/keyboard-osk.page:20
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:18
#: C/keyboard.page:22
msgid "Julita Inca"
msgstr "Julita Inca"
@@ -1532,12 +1553,12 @@ msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
msgstr "Crear una cuenta nueva usando <app>Cuentas en línea</app>."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-create.page:29
+#: C/accounts-create.page:28
msgid "Create an online account"
msgstr "Crear una cuenta de en línea"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:31
+#: C/accounts-create.page:30
msgid ""
"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
@@ -1548,21 +1569,24 @@ msgstr ""
"gestionar todas su cuentas en línea desde una aplicación."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:38 C/accounts-disable-service.page:33
+#: C/accounts-create.page:37 C/accounts-disable-service.page:33
#: C/accounts-remove.page:29
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+"overview."
msgstr ""
"Abra la configuración de <app>Cuentas en línea</app> desde la vista de "
-"Actividades."
+"<gui>Actividades</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:42
+#: C/accounts-create.page:41
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
msgstr "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:45
+#: C/accounts-create.page:44
msgid ""
"Select the type of account which you want to add. Some account types may "
"<link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</link>."
@@ -1572,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr ""
"link>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:50
+#: C/accounts-create.page:49
msgid ""
"If the service allows you to create an account, you should see more "
"information on how to do this."
@@ -1581,7 +1605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cómo hacerlo."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:53
+#: C/accounts-create.page:52
msgid ""
"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
@@ -1593,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alternativo para crear la cuenta."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:60
+#: C/accounts-create.page:59
msgid ""
"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
"details such as username and password."
@@ -1602,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detalles personales, como el nombre de usuario y la contraseña."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:64
+#: C/accounts-create.page:63
msgid ""
"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
@@ -1611,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<app>Cuentas en línea</app> "
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:68
+#: C/accounts-create.page:67
msgid ""
"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch</link> individual "
@@ -1706,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13 C/help-irc.page:12
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16 C/net-proxy.page:14
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:17 C/net-proxy.page:17
msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
@@ -1793,8 +1817,8 @@ msgid "2012, 2013"
msgstr "2012, 2013"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:22 C/look-background.page:30
-#: C/session-language.page:21 C/shell-exit.page:21
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:22 C/look-background.page:29
+#: C/session-language.page:22 C/shell-exit.page:21
msgid "Andre Klapper"
msgstr "Andre Klapper"
@@ -2065,13 +2089,13 @@ msgstr ""
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
#: C/contacts-search.page:12 C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
#: C/files-browse.page:14 C/files-copy.page:17 C/get-involved.page:12
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12 C/more-help.page:9 C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:13 C/more-help.page:9 C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18 C/mouse.page:15 C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14 C/nautilus-views.page:14
#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
#: C/printing-booklet.page:13 C/screen-shot-record.page:13 C/translate.page:12
-#: C/user-delete.page:11 C/user-goodpassword.page:20
+#: C/user-delete.page:13 C/user-goodpassword.page:20
msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
@@ -2654,7 +2678,7 @@ msgstr ""
"las copias fuera del sitio y cifradas (si es posible)."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth.page:14
+#: C/bluetooth.page:16
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
@@ -2665,12 +2689,12 @@ msgstr ""
"on-off\">apagar y encender</link>…"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:23
+#: C/bluetooth.page:25
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth.page:25
+#: C/bluetooth.page:27
msgid ""
"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
@@ -2685,36 +2709,36 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivos</link>, por ejemplo entre su equipo y su teléfono móvil."
#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:47
+#: C/bluetooth.page:49
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Bluetooth problems"
msgstr "Problemas del Bluetooth"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:50 C/color.page:33 C/power.page:41
+#: C/bluetooth.page:52 C/color.page:33 C/power.page:41
msgid "Problems"
msgstr "Problemas"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14
msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
msgstr "emparejar dispositivos Bluetooth."
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20 C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
-#: C/printing-setup.page:21 C/session-fingerprint.page:17
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:20
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:22 C/net-firewall-on-off.page:13
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:16
+#: C/printing-setup.page:20 C/session-fingerprint.page:17
msgid "Paul W. Frields"
msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Conectar su equipo a un dispositivo Bluetooth"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37
msgid ""
"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
@@ -2725,7 +2749,7 @@ msgstr ""
"«emparejar» dispositivos Bluetooth."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:42 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:56
msgid ""
"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
@@ -2734,7 +2758,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Consulte la <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
msgid ""
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
"gui>."
@@ -2743,39 +2767,72 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Configurar un dispositivo nuevo</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:53 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:67 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:54
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:89
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
-"gui>."
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y seleccione "
-"<gui>Configurar un dispositivo nuevo</gui>."
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:60 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:57
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:58
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:93
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Bluetooth</gui> para abrir el panel."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:65
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+#| "\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 "
+#| "feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will "
+#| "begin searching for devices."
msgid ""
"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 "
-"feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin "
-"searching for devices."
+"feet) of your computer."
msgstr ""
"Haga que el otro dispositivo Bluetooth <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
"\">se pueda descubrir o que sea visible</link> y colóquelo a menos de diez "
-"metros de su equipo. Pulse <gui>Continuar</gui>. Su equipo empezará a buscar "
-"dispositivos."
+"metros de su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70
msgid ""
-"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
-"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+"Click <key>+</key> below the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The <gui>Bluetooth New "
+"Device Setup</gui> panel will open and your computer will begin searching "
+"for devices."
msgstr ""
-"Si hay demasiados dispositivos en la lista, seleccione la barra desplegable "
-"<gui>Tipo de dispositivo</gui> para mostrar un único tipo de dispositivo en "
-"la lista."
+"Pulse <key>+</key> debajo de la lista de <gui>Dispositivos</gui>. Se abrirá "
+"el panel de <gui>Configuraciòn del nuevo dispositivo Bluetooth</gui> y su "
+"equipo empezará a buscar dispositivos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
+#| "down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+msgid ""
+"Select a device in the <gui>Device</gui> list. If there are too many devices "
+"listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down to display only a single "
+"type of device in the list."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione un <gui>Dispositivo</gui> en la lista. Si aparecen demasiados "
+"dispositivos, use el desplegable <gui>Tipo de dispositivo</gui> para mostrar "
+"un único tipo de dispositivo en la lista"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
msgid ""
"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
"device."
@@ -2784,7 +2841,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivo."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:83
msgid ""
"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
@@ -2797,7 +2854,7 @@ msgstr ""
"absoluto. Consulte en el manual de su dispositivo cuál es la opción adecuada."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88
msgid ""
"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
"gui>."
@@ -2806,7 +2863,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Cerrar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:92
msgid ""
"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
@@ -2815,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pantalla si no eligió un PIN predefinido."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:96
msgid ""
"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
@@ -2827,7 +2884,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Coincide</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:100
msgid ""
"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
@@ -2838,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la lista de dispositivos y empiece de nuevo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103
msgid ""
"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
"<gui>Close</gui>."
@@ -2846,8 +2903,21 @@ msgstr ""
"Cuando la conexión se complete correctamente, aparecerá un mensaje. Pulse "
"<gui>Cerrar</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:107
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Setup Summary</gui> appears when the connection successfully "
+"completes. It may display additional options applicable to the type of "
+"device you're connecting. Select the desired options and click <gui>Quit</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"El <gui>Resumen de la configuración</gui> aparece cuando la conexión se "
+"completa correctamente. Puede mostrar opciones adicionales aplicables al "
+"tipo de dispositivo que está conectando. Seleccione las opciones que quiere "
+"y pulse en <gui>Salir</gui>."
+
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:120
msgid ""
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
"connection</link> later if desired."
@@ -2856,7 +2926,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Bluetooth</link> más adelante, si quiere."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:125
msgid ""
"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
@@ -2866,7 +2936,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:14
msgid ""
"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
"be disabled or blocked."
@@ -2875,12 +2945,12 @@ msgstr ""
"que tenga desactivado o bloqueado el Bluetooth."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
msgstr "No puedo conectar mi dispositivo Bluetooth"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:30
msgid ""
"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
@@ -2889,12 +2959,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivo Bluetooth, como un teléfono o unos auriculares."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
msgstr "Conexión bloqueada o sin confianza"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36
msgid ""
"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
@@ -2905,12 +2975,12 @@ msgstr ""
"las conexiones. Asegúrese de que su dispositivo permite las conexiones."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:41
msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
msgstr "Hardware Bluetooth no reconocido"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
msgid ""
"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
@@ -2926,12 +2996,12 @@ msgstr ""
"conseguir otro adaptador Bluetooth diferente."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49
msgid "Adapter not switched on"
msgstr "Adaptador no conectado"
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:52
msgid ""
"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
@@ -2942,39 +3012,49 @@ msgstr ""
"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">desactivado</link>."
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:56
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+#| "icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
+#| "on-off\">disabled</link>."
msgid ""
-"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
-"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
-"off\">disabled</link>."
+"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth "
+"panel and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</"
+"link>."
msgstr ""
-"Asegúrese de que su adaptador Bluetooth está encendido. Pulse en el icono de "
-"Bluetooth en la barra superior y compruebe que no está <link xref="
-"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">desactivado</link>."
+"Asegúrese de que su adaptador Bluetooth está encendido. Abar el panel de "
+"Bluetooth y compruebe que no está <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+"\">desactivado</link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:62
msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
msgstr "Conexión del dispositivo Bluetooth apagada"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:63
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect "
+#| "to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that "
+#| "it's not in airplane mode."
msgid ""
-"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
-"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
-"in airplane mode."
+"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to, "
+"and that it is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</"
+"link>. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that "
+"it's not in airplane mode."
msgstr ""
"Compruebe que el dispositivo al que está intentando conectarse tiene "
-"activado el Bluetooth. Por ejemplo, si está intentando conectarse a un "
-"teléfono, compruebe que no está en modo avión."
+"activado el Bluetooth y que <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">se puede "
+"descubrir o está visible</link>. Por ejemplo, si está intentando conectarse "
+"a un teléfono, compruebe que no está en modo avión."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:70
msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
msgstr "No existe un dispositivo Bluetooth en su equipo"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71
msgid ""
"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
"want to use Bluetooth."
@@ -2983,17 +3063,27 @@ msgstr ""
"adaptador si quiere usar Bluetooth."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:13
msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
msgstr "Eliminar un dispositivo de la lista de dispositivos Bluetooth."
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:26 C/contacts-connect.page:20
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34 C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:14 C/printing-name-location.page:19
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22 C/printing-to-file.page:12
+#: C/privacy.page:17 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:26 C/settings-sharing.page:18
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:23 C/user-autologin.page:15
+msgid "2013"
+msgstr "2013"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:31
msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
msgstr "Eliminar una conexión entre dispositivos Bluetooth"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:33
msgid ""
"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
@@ -3006,7 +3096,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivo."
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:47
msgid ""
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
@@ -3014,31 +3104,30 @@ msgstr ""
"Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la <gui>barra de menú</gui> y seleccione "
"<gui>Configuración de Bluetooth</gui>."
-#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
-msgid ""
-"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y seleccione "
-"<gui>Configuración de Bluetooth</gui>."
-
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:62
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
+#| "<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
msgid ""
"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
-"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+"<key>-</key> icon below the list."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione en el panel de la izquierda el dispositivo que quiere "
-"desconectar, y después pulse el icono <gui>-</gui> bajo la lista."
+"desconectar, y después pulse el icono <gui>-</gui> de debajo de la lista."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:66
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
msgstr "Pulse <gui>Quitar</gui> en la ventana de confirmación."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:68
+msgid "."
+msgstr "."
+
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:73
msgid ""
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
"device</link> later if desired."
@@ -3047,17 +3136,18 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivo Bluetooth</link> más tarde si quiere."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15
msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
msgstr "Compartir archivos entre dispositivos Bleutooth, como su teléfono."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
-msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
-msgstr "Enviar un archivo a un dispositivo Bluetooth"
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33
+#| msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr "Enviar archivos a un dispositivo Bluetooth"
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37
msgid ""
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
@@ -3073,7 +3163,7 @@ msgstr ""
"desde el gestor de archivos."
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43
msgid ""
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
@@ -3086,13 +3176,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Puede enviar archivos usando el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior o "
"desde la ventana de configuración de Bluetooth."
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
-msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
-msgstr "Enviar archivos usando el icono de Bluetooth"
-
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64
msgid ""
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
"Device</gui>."
@@ -3100,23 +3185,40 @@ msgstr ""
"Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra de menú y pulse <gui>Enviar "
"archivos al dispositivo</gui>."
-#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click "
+#| "<gui>Send</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
-"Device</gui>."
+"In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the files "
+"to and click <gui>Send Files...</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y pulse <gui>Enviar "
-"archivos al dispositivo</gui>."
+"Seleccione de la lista el dispositivo al que quiere enviar los archivos y "
+"pulse <gui>Enviar</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+#| "\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."
+msgid ""
+"If the desired device is not shown in the list, you need to <link xref="
+"\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connect</link> to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no lo ha hecho ya, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">cree una "
+"conexión</link> al dispositivo Bluetooth."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85
msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione el archivo que quiera enviar y pulse <gui>Seleccionar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:86
msgid ""
"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
"select each file."
@@ -3125,43 +3227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"key> al seleccionar cada archivo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione de la lista el dispositivo al que quiere enviar los archivos y "
-"pulse <gui>Enviar</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
-msgid ""
-"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
-"\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
-"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
-"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
-"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
-"confirmation on the other device."
-msgstr ""
-"La lista de dispositivos se mostrará en los <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
-"device\">dispositivos a los que ya está conectado</link> y en el rango de "
-"los <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">dispositivos visibles</link>. Si "
-"todavía no se ha conectado al dispositivo seleccionado, se le pedirá que se "
-"empareje con el dispositivo después de pulsar <gui>Enviar</gui>. "
-"Probablemente, esto requiera una confirmación en el otro dispositivo."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
-msgid ""
-"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
-"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
-msgstr ""
-"Si hay varios dispositivos, puede limitar la lista para que sólo aparezcan "
-"los dispositivos de un tipo específico usando el desplegable <gui>Tipo de "
-"dispositivo</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:90
msgid ""
"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
@@ -3171,55 +3237,23 @@ msgstr ""
"botón para aceptar el archivo. Cuando este acepte o rechace, el resultado de "
"la transferencia de archivos se mostrará en su pantalla."
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
-msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
-msgstr "Enviar archivos desde la configuración de Bluetooth"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
-msgid ""
-"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra de menú y seleccione "
-"<gui>Configuración de Bluetooth</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
-msgid ""
-"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
-"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
-"connect-device\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione el dispositivo al que enviar archivo en la lista de la izquierda. "
-"La lista sólo muestra los dispositivos a los que ya está conectado. Consulte "
-"la <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
-msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"En la información del dispositivo, a la derecha, pulse <gui>Enviar archivos</"
-"gui>."
-
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:12
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:13
msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
msgstr "Activar o desactivar el dispositivo Bluetooth de su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30
msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
msgstr "Encender o apagar el Bluetooth"
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:28
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33
msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
msgstr "El icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior"
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:46
msgid ""
"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
@@ -3231,19 +3265,29 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:38
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+#| "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+#| "Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
msgid ""
"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
-"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
-"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
+"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:"
msgstr ""
"Puede activar su Bluetooth para usar dispositivos Bluetooth y enviar y "
"recibir archivos, pero apáguelo para ahorrar energía. Para activar el "
"Bluetooth, pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y encienda el "
"<gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
+#| msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgid "Set the switch in the titlebar to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr "Mueva el deslizador en la barra de título a <gui>Encendido</gui>."
+
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:45
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:68
msgid ""
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
@@ -3258,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr ""
"asociada a la tecla <key>Fn</key>."
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:51
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:74
msgid ""
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
@@ -3273,7 +3317,7 @@ msgstr ""
"asociada a la tecla <key>Fn</key>."
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:60
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:83
msgid ""
"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
"Bluetooth</gui>."
@@ -3282,15 +3326,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Bluetooth</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:62
-msgid ""
-"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
-"gui> off."
-msgstr ""
-"Para apagar el Bluetooth, pulse el icono de <gui>Bluetooth</gui> y apáguelo."
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:86
+#| msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:"
+msgstr "Para apagar el Bluetooth:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:96
+#| msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgid "Set the switch in the titlebar to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr "Mueva el deslizador en la barra de título a <gui>Apagado</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:65
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:101
msgid ""
"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
@@ -3301,17 +3349,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"/> para obtener más información."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:12
msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
msgstr "Indica si otros dispositivos puede descubrir su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
msgstr "¿Qué es la visibilidad de Bluetooth?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:23
msgid ""
"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
@@ -3325,7 +3373,7 @@ msgstr ""
"su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:28
msgid ""
"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
@@ -3334,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivos si deben ser visibles para que su equipo pueda descubrirlos."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:31
msgid ""
"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
@@ -3345,7 +3393,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para comunicarse entre sí."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:42
msgid ""
"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
"another device, you should leave visibility off."
@@ -3354,17 +3402,17 @@ msgstr ""
"desde otro dispositivo, debería desactivar la visibilidad."
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/color.page:9 C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
+#: C/color.page:9 C/color-assignprofiles.page:15
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14 C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:17 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:16
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12 C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11 C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14 C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
-#: C/color-notifications.page:13 C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
-#: C/color-testing.page:13 C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10 C/color-whatisspace.page:12
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:11 C/color-whyimportant.page:11
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:15 C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
+#: C/color-notifications.page:14 C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
+#: C/color-testing.page:14 C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12 C/color-why-calibrate.page:11
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:11
msgid "Richard Hughes"
msgstr "Richard Hughes"
@@ -3399,7 +3447,7 @@ msgstr "Calibrado"
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:59 C/shell-introduction.page:139
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:60 C/shell-introduction.page:134
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
@@ -3411,7 +3459,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:64 C/shell-introduction.page:146
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:65 C/shell-introduction.page:139
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "
@@ -3421,27 +3469,31 @@ msgstr ""
"md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:28
-msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
+#| msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+msgid "Display your appointments in the calendar at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""
"Mostrar sus citas en el calendario en la parte superior de la pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:31
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:32
msgid "Calendar appointments"
msgstr "Citas de calendario"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:35
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This requires you to use your <app>Evolution</app> calendar or for you to "
+#| "have an online account set up which supports <gui>Calendar</gui>."
msgid ""
"This requires you to use your <app>Evolution</app> calendar or for you to "
-"have an online account set up which supports <gui>Calendar</gui>."
+"have an online account set up which <gui>Calendar</gui> supports."
msgstr ""
"Esto requiere que use el calendario de <app>Evolution</app>, o que tenga "
-"configurada una cuenta en línea que soporte el <gui>Calendario</gui>."
+"configurada una cuenta en línea que soporte el <gui>Calendario</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:36
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
msgid ""
"Most distributions come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If "
"yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution package "
@@ -3452,23 +3504,23 @@ msgstr ""
"el gestor de paquetes de su distribución."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:41
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:42
msgid "To view your appointments:"
msgstr "Para ver sus citas:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:45
msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
msgstr "Pulse en el reloj en la barra superior."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:47
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:48
msgid ""
"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar."
msgstr "Pulse en la fecha para la que quiere ver sus citas en el calendario."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:51
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
msgid ""
"Existing appointments will be displayed on the right. As appointments are "
"added to the calendar, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
@@ -3477,13 +3529,13 @@ msgstr ""
"se añaden al calendario, éstas aparecerán en la lista de citas del reloj."
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:60 C/clock-calendar.page:65
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:140 C/shell-introduction.page:147
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:61 C/clock-calendar.page:66
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:135 C/shell-introduction.page:140
msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
msgstr "Reloj, calendario y citas"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:70
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:71
msgid ""
"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
@@ -3492,7 +3544,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pulse en el reloj y pulse <gui>Abrir calendario</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:74
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:75
msgid ""
"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
@@ -3503,21 +3555,24 @@ msgstr ""
"primera cuenta."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-set.page:7
+#: C/clock-set.page:23
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time "
+#| "Settings</gui> to alter the date/time."
msgid ""
-"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
-"gui> to alter the date/time."
+"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date & Time "
+"Settings</gui> to alter the date/time."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse en el reloj en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración de "
+"Pulse en el reloj en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración de "
"fecha y hora</gui> para cambiar la fecha y/o la hora."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-set.page:23
+#: C/clock-set.page:26
msgid "Change the date and time"
msgstr "Cambiar la fecha y la hora"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:25
+#: C/clock-set.page:28
msgid ""
"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
"format, you can change them:"
@@ -3526,53 +3581,45 @@ msgstr ""
"el formato incorrecto, puede cambiarlas:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:30
+#: C/clock-set.page:33 C/clock-timezone.page:34
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
+#| "Time Settings</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
+"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date & "
"Time Settings</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Pulse en el reloj situado en el centro de la barra superior y seleccione "
-"<gui>Configuración de fecha y hora</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:34 C/clock-timezone.page:27
-msgid ""
-"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
-"explain\">admin password</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede que necesite <gui>Desbloquear</gui> y escribir la <link xref=\"user-"
-"admin-explain\">contraseña de administrador</link>."
+"<gui>Configuración de fecha y hora</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:38
+#: C/clock-set.page:37 C/clock-timezone.page:38
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-"
+#| "admin-explain\">admin password</link>."
msgid ""
-"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
-"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+"If you have a standard account, you will need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and "
+"type the <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator password</link>."
msgstr ""
-"Ajuste la fecha y hora pulsando en las flechas para elegir el año, día, hora "
-"y minuto. Puede elegir el año, el mes y el día en las listas desplegables."
+"Si tiene una cuenta sin privilegios, deberá pulsar <gui>Desbloquear</gui> y "
+"escribir la <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">contraseña de administrador</"
+"link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/clock-set.page:42
msgid ""
-"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
-"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+"If you have an internet connection, you can set your date, time and time "
+"zone to update automatically by switching <gui>Automatic Date & Time</"
+"gui> and <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Si quiere, puede tener su reloj actualizado automáticamente activando la "
-"<gui>Hora de red</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:44
+#: C/clock-set.page:45
msgid ""
-"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
-"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
-"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
-"the internet."
+"If you do not have an internet connection, you can update these manually by "
+"switching them to <gui>Off</gui>, then clicking <gui>Date & Time</gui> "
+"and <gui>Time Zone</gui> to update."
msgstr ""
-"Cuando <em>hora de red</em> está encendido, el equipo sincronizará "
-"periódicamente su reloj con un reloj muy preciso en Internet, de manera que "
-"no tendrá que hacerlo manualmente. Esto solo funcionará si está conectado a "
-"Internet."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/clock-set.page:50
@@ -3584,38 +3631,42 @@ msgstr ""
"horas</gui> o <gui>AM/PM</gui>"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
-msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+msgid ""
+"Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct."
msgstr ""
"Añadir otras zonas horarias de manera que pueda ver la hora en otras "
"ciudades."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:30
msgid "Change your timezone"
msgstr "Cambiar su zona horaria"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
-msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
-msgstr "Pulse en el reloj, situado en el centro de la barra superior."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
-msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Configuración de fecha y hora</gui>."
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:43
+msgid ""
+"If you have <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> set to <gui>On</gui>, your time "
+"zone should update automatically if you have an internet connection. To "
+"update your time zone manually, set this to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:49
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click on your location on the map, then select your current city from the "
+#| "drop-down list."
msgid ""
-"Click on your location on the map, then select your current city from the "
-"drop-down list."
+"Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search "
+"for your current city."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse en su ubicación en el mapa y seleccione su ciudad actual en la lista "
-"desplegable."
+"Pulse <gui>Zona horaria</gui> y seleccione su ubicación en el mapa o busque "
+"su ciudad actual."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:54
msgid ""
"The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. "
"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
@@ -3625,7 +3676,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manualmente</link>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock.page:8
+#: C/clock.page:18
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
@@ -3640,54 +3691,77 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Date & time"
msgstr "Fecha y hora"
-#. (itstool) path: media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45 C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
-msgstr ""
-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
-
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:29
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the "
+#| "option to change this."
msgid ""
-"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
-"to change this."
+"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to add a color "
+"profile for your screen."
msgstr ""
-"Busque en la <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> la "
-"opción para cambiar esto."
+"Busque en la <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> la "
+"opción para añadir un perfil de color a su pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:32
msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
msgstr "¿Cómo asignar perfiles a los dispositivos?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
msgid ""
-"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
-"device that you wish to add a profile to."
+"You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that "
+"the colours which it shows are more accurate."
msgstr ""
-"Abra <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> y pulse en el "
-"dispositivo al que quiere añadir un perfil."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:39 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:54
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:46 C/color-howtoimport.page:42
+#: C/color-testing.page:59
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Color</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Color</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:43 C/color-testing.page:63
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Color</gui> para abrir el panel."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:46
+#| msgid "Select the type of account which you want to add."
+msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile."
+msgstr "Seleccione el dispositivo para el que quiere añadir un perfil."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:49 C/color-howtoimport.page:50
+#| msgid ""
+#| "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
+#| "import a new file."
msgid ""
-"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
-"import a new file."
+"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select an existing profile or import a new "
+"profile."
msgstr ""
-"Al pulsar <gui>Añadir perfil</gui> puede seleccionar un perfil existente o "
+"Pulse <gui>Añadir perfil</gui> puede seleccionar un perfil existente o para "
"importar un archivo nuevo."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:53 C/color-howtoimport.page:54
+#: C/color-testing.page:74
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
+msgid "Press <gui>Add</gui> to confirm your selection."
+msgstr "Pulse <gui>Añadir</gui> para confirmar su selección."
+
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:57
msgid ""
"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
@@ -3701,20 +3775,17 @@ msgstr ""
"automáticamente. Un ejemplo de selección automática sería si se crease un "
"perfil para papel satinado y otro para papel normal."
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
-msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede crear un perfil predeterminado cambiándolo con el botón de radio."
-
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:70
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button "
+#| "will create a new profile."
msgid ""
-"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
+"If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
"create a new profile."
msgstr ""
-"Si el hardware de calibración está conectado, el botón <gui>Calibrar...</"
-"gui> creará un perfil nuevo."
+"Si el hardware de calibración está conectado, el botón <gui>Calibrar...</"
+"gui> creará un perfil nuevo."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
@@ -3818,84 +3889,124 @@ msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
msgstr "Si cambia de proveedor de tinta, asegúrese de recalibrar la impresora."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:31
msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
msgstr "Calibrar su escáner es importante para capturar colores precisos."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:34
msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
msgstr "¿Cómo calibrar el escáner?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:41
msgid ""
-"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
-"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
-"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
+"If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you "
+"should calibrate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:46
+#| msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+msgid ""
+"Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over "
+"the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Asegúrese de que su escáner está conectado al equipo mediante un cable o a "
+"través de la red."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:50
+msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file."
msgstr ""
-"Puede analizar su archivo y guardarlo como un archivo TIFF sin comprimir. "
-"Después, pulse <gui>Calibrar...</gui> desde <guiseq><gui>Configuración</"
-"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> para crear un perfil para el dispositivo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:58
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel and select your scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse en <gui>Color</gui> para abrir el panel y seleccionar su escáner."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:62 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:57
+#| msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Calibrate…</gui> to commence the calibration."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Calibrar…</gui> para iniciar la calibración."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:68
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do "
+#| "not usually need to be recalibrated."
msgid ""
-"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
+"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not "
"usually need to be recalibrated."
msgstr ""
-"Los escáneres son increíblemente estables en el tiempo y temperatura y "
+"Los escáneres son increíblemente estables en el tiempo y temperatura y "
"generalmente no necesitan recalibrarse."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:30
msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
msgstr "Calibrar su pantalla es importante para mostrar colores precisos."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:34
msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
msgstr "¿Cómo calibrar la pantalla?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:36
msgid ""
-"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
-"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+"You can callibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate colour. This "
+"is especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or "
+"artwork."
msgstr ""
-"Calibrar su pantalla es muy fácil y se debería ser un requerimiento si usa "
-"su equipo para diseño o arte."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
msgid ""
-"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
-"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
-"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
-"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
-"and what settings to adjust."
+"You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both "
+"devices are used to profile screens, but they work in slightly different "
+"ways."
msgstr ""
-"Usando el dispositivo llamado colorímetro medirá con precisión los "
-"diferentes colores que su pantalla es capaz de mostrar. Ejecutando "
-"<guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> puede crear "
-"fácilmente un perfil y el asistente le mostrará cómo adjuntar el colorímetro "
-"y qué configuración ajustar."
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel and select your screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse en <gui>Color</gui> para abrir el panel y seleccionar su pantalla."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54
+#| msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Asegúrese de que su dispositivo de calibración está conectado al equipo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:62
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in "
+#| "brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it "
+#| "gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] "
+#| "icon appears in the color control panel."
msgid ""
-"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
-"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
-"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
-"color control panel."
+"Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in "
+"brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets "
+"older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon "
+"appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
msgstr ""
"Las pantallas cambian en todo momento; la luz de fondo en una pantalla TFT "
-"tendrá aproximadamente la mitad de brillo cada 18 meses y se hará más "
-"amarilla según vaya envejeciendo. Lo que significa que debería recalibrar su "
-"pantalla cuando aparezca el icono [!] en el panel de control."
+"tendrá aproximadamente la mitad de brillo cada 18 meses y se hará más "
+"amarilla según vaya envejeciendo. Lo que significa que debería recalibrar su "
+"pantalla cuando aparezca el icono [!] en el panel <gui>Color</gui>."
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:67
msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
msgstr ""
"Las pantallas LED también cambian a lo largo del tiempo, pero a una tasa "
@@ -4314,35 +4425,51 @@ msgstr ""
"why-calibrate\"/>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
-msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
-msgstr ""
-"Los perfiles de color se pueden importar fácilmente simplemente abriéndolos."
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:29
+#| msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them."
+msgstr "Los perfiles de color se pueden importar abriéndolos."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:32
msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
msgstr "¿Cómo se importan perfiles de color?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:34
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
+#| "input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+msgid ""
+"You can import a color profile by double clicking on a <file>.ICC</file> or "
+"<file>.ICM</file> file in the file browser."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede importar un perfil de color pulsando dos veces sobre el archivo "
+"<input>.ICC</input> o <input>.ICM</input> en el explorador de archivos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:37
msgid ""
-"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
-"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+"Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the <gui>Color</"
+"gui> panel."
msgstr ""
-"El perfil se puede importar fácilmente pulsando dos veces sobre el archivo "
-"<input>.ICC</input> o <input>.ICM</input> en el navegador de archivos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:46
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel and select your device."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse en <gui>Color</gui> para abrir el panel y seleccionar su dispositivo."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:58
msgid ""
-"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
-"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
-"profile for a device."
+"The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. "
+"These profiles are usually made for the averge display, so may not be "
+"perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should <link "
+"xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">create your own profile</link> using a "
+"colorimeter or a spectrophotometer."
msgstr ""
-"Alternativamente puede seleccionar <gui>Importar perfil...</gui> de "
-"<guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> al seleccionar un "
-"perfil para un dispositivo."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
@@ -4384,46 +4511,53 @@ msgstr ""
"llamados colorímetro o espectrómetro."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-notifications.page:11
+#: C/color-notifications.page:24
msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
msgstr ""
"Puede recibir una notificación si su perfil de color es antiguo o no es "
"preciso."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-notifications.page:19
+#: C/color-notifications.page:27
msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
msgstr ""
"¿Puedo obtener una notificación cuando mi perfil de color no es preciso?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:20
+#: C/color-notifications.page:29
msgid ""
-"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
-"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
-"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
+"You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of "
+"time. Unfortunately, it is not possible to tell without recalibrating "
+"whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate devices "
+"regularly."
msgstr ""
-"Desafortunadamente no se puede saber si un perfil de dispositivo es preciso "
-"sin recalibrarlo. Se puede usar una simple métrica de la cantidad de tiempo "
-"desde la calibración, para determinar si se recomienda una recalibración."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:26
+#: C/color-notifications.page:34
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
+#| "inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
msgid ""
-"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
-"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+"Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, "
+"as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
msgstr ""
-"Algunas empresas tienen unas directivas muy específicas para hacer que sus "
+"Algunas empresas tienen unas directivas muy específicas para hacer que sus "
"perfiles caduquen, ya que perfiles de color imprecisos pueden marcar una "
"diferencia enorme en un producto final."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:31
+#: C/color-notifications.page:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then "
+#| "a red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+#| "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
+#| "notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
msgid ""
"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
-"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
-"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
-"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
+"red warning triangle will be shown in the <gui>Color</gui> panel next to the "
+"profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into "
+"your computer."
msgstr ""
"Si establece la directiva de tiempo de caducidad y un perfil es más antiguo "
"que la directiva entonces se mostrará un triángulo rojo de advertencia en el "
@@ -4432,7 +4566,7 @@ msgstr ""
"inicie sesión en su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:39
+#: C/color-notifications.page:43
msgid ""
"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
"age of the profile in days:"
@@ -4441,16 +4575,34 @@ msgstr ""
"especifique el tiempo máximo de aplicación de la normativa, en días:"
#. (itstool) path: page/screen
-#: C/color-notifications.page:44
+#: C/color-notifications.page:46
#, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+#| "<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">[usuario gnome] </output><input>gsettings set
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">[usuario gnome] </output><input>gsettings set
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+msgstr ""
+"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
@@ -4494,20 +4646,19 @@ msgstr ""
"hará que obtenga una corrección de color más precisa."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-testing.page:8
+#: C/color-testing.page:24
msgid ""
-"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+"Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied "
+"correctly to your screen."
msgstr ""
-"Probar la gestión del color no es difícil y hasta se proporcionan algunos "
-"perfiles de ejemplo."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-testing.page:19
+#: C/color-testing.page:28
msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
msgstr "¿Cómo compruebo si la gestión del color funciona correctamente?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:20
+#: C/color-testing.page:30
msgid ""
"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
"see if anything much has changed."
@@ -4516,114 +4667,73 @@ msgstr ""
"difíciles de ver, si no ha cambiado mucho."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:24
+#: C/color-testing.page:33
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear "
+#| "when the profiles are being applied:"
msgid ""
-"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
+"GNOME comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
"the profiles are being applied:"
msgstr ""
-"En GNOME existen diversos perfiles para probar que demuestran claramente las "
+"GNOME incluye diversos perfiles de prueba que demuestran claramente las "
"diferencias al aplicar perfiles:"
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/color-testing.page:38
+#| msgid "Bluetooth"
+msgid "Blue"
+msgstr "Azul"
+
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:31
+#: C/color-testing.page:39
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
+#| "calibration curves are being sent to the display"
msgid ""
-"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
-"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+"This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being "
+"sent to the display."
msgstr ""
-"<em>Prueba de azul</em>: esto cambiará la pantalla a azul y probará si las "
-"curvas de calibración son enviadas al dispositivo."
+"Esto cambiará la pantalla a azul y probará si las curvas de calibración se "
+"envían al dispositivo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:37
+#: C/color-testing.page:66
msgid ""
-"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
-"features of a screen profile"
+"Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make "
+"a note of which profile is currently being used."
msgstr ""
-"<em>Prueba ADOBEGAMA</em>: cambiará la pantalla a rosa y probará diferentes "
-"características de un perfil de pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:43
+#: C/color-testing.page:70
+#| msgid ""
+#| "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
+#| "import a new file."
msgid ""
-"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
-"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
-"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
-"images will look very different in applications that support color "
-"management."
+"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select a test profile, which should be at "
+"the bottom of the list."
msgstr ""
-"<em>RGBFalso</em>: esto no cambiará la pantalla pero cambiará a lo largo de "
-"los canales RGB para llegar a BGR. Hará que todos los gradientes de colores "
-"se muestren prácticamente correctos y no habrá mucha diferencia en la "
-"pantalla entera, pero las imágenes se verán muy diferentes en aplicaciones "
-"que soporten gestión de color."
+"Pulse <gui>Añadir perfil</gui> puede seleccionar un perfil de prueba, que "
+"debería estar al final de la lista."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:54
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:77
msgid ""
-"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
-"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+"To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the <gui>Color</"
+"gui> panel, then select the profile that you were using before you tried one "
+"of the test profiles and press <gui>Enable</gui> to use it again."
msgstr ""
-"Añada uno de los perfiles de pruebas a su pantalla usando las preferencias "
-"en <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:60
+#: C/color-testing.page:85
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports "
+#| "color management."
msgid ""
-"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
+"Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color "
"management."
msgstr ""
-"Usando estos perfiles puede ver claramente cuándo una aplicación soporta "
-"gestión de color."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
-msgid ""
-"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Un dispositivo virtual es un dispositivo de color gestionado que no está "
-"conectado al equipo."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
-msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
-msgstr "¿Qué es un dispositivo de gestión de color virtual?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
-msgid ""
-"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
-"computer. Examples of this might be:"
-msgstr ""
-"Un dispositivo virtual es un dispositivo de gestión de color que no está "
-"conectado al equipo. Ejemplos son:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
-msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
-msgstr ""
-"Una tienda de impresión en línea donde se pueden subir fotos, se imprimen y "
-"se le envían"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
-msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
-msgstr "Fotos de una cámara digital almacenadas en una tarjeta de memoria"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
-msgid ""
-"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
-"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
-"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
-"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
-"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
-msgstr ""
-"Para crear un perfil virtual para una cámara digital, simplemente arrastre y "
-"suelte un archivo de imagen dentro del diálogo <guiseq><gui>Configuración</"
-"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>. Después puede <link xref=\"color-"
-"assignprofiles\">asignarle perfiles</link> como a cualquier otro dispositivo "
-"o incluso <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrarlo</link>."
+"Usando estos perfiles puede ver claramente cuándo una aplicación soporta "
+"gestión de color."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
@@ -5120,15 +5230,6 @@ msgstr ""
"sus contactos, de manera local o en sus <link xref=\"accounts\">Cuentas en "
"línea</link>."
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:20 C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:16 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:12 C/privacy.page:17 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:26
-#: C/settings-sharing.page:18 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
-#: C/user-autologin.page:15
-msgid "2013"
-msgstr "2013"
-
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
@@ -5427,51 +5528,55 @@ msgstr ""
"\">Libreta de direcciones local</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15 C/disk-capacity.page:12 C/disk-check.page:13
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
-#: C/look-background.page:22 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
-#: C/look-resolution.page:16
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:17 C/disk-capacity.page:12 C/disk-check.page:13
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:16
+#: C/look-background.page:21 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18
+#: C/look-resolution.page:18
msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
msgstr ""
"Ejecute pruebas de rendimiento sobre su disco duro para comprobar cómo es de "
"rápido."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:30
msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
msgstr "Comprobar el rendimiento de su disco duro"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:39
msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
msgstr "Para comprobar la velocidad de su disco duro:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
-msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
-msgstr "Abra la aplicación <app>Discos</app> desde la vista de actividades."
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 C/disk-check.page:43 C/disk-format.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+"overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la aplicación <app>Discos</app> desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</"
+"gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47
msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione el disco que quiere eliminar de la lista <gui>Unidades de disco</"
"gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:50
msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Pulse la rueda dentada en la barra de herramientas y elija <gui>Probar el "
"rendimiento del dispositivo</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
msgid ""
"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
@@ -5480,7 +5585,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Tasa de transferencia</gui> y <gui>Tiempo de acceso</gui> como quiera."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:57
msgid ""
"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
@@ -5493,7 +5598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la contraseña de administrador que se le pida."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:62
msgid ""
"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
@@ -5504,7 +5609,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disco. Esta última opción tardará más en completarse."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
msgid ""
"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
@@ -5524,7 +5629,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hacia adentro, a lo largo del eje inferior."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:78
msgid ""
"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
@@ -5708,15 +5813,6 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
msgstr "Compruebe la salud de su disco usando la aplicación Discos"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:43 C/disk-format.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
-"overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Abra la aplicación <app>Discos</app> desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/disk-check.page:47
msgid ""
"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
@@ -6079,7 +6175,8 @@ msgstr ""
"sistema no la reconoce inmediatamente, o si quiere ajustar su configuración:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64
+#: C/look-resolution.page:54
msgid ""
"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
"typing <gui>Displays</gui>."
@@ -6088,7 +6185,7 @@ msgstr ""
"a escribir <gui>Pantallas</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:86
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:86 C/look-resolution.page:58
msgid "Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Pantallas</gui> para abrir el panel."
@@ -6124,17 +6221,17 @@ msgstr ""
"luego pulse <gui>Mantener cambios</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/documents-collections.page:20
+#: C/documents-collections.page:21
msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
msgstr "Agrupar documentos relacionados en una colección."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/documents-collections.page:23
+#: C/documents-collections.page:24
msgid "Make collections of documents"
msgstr "Crear colecciones de documentos"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/documents-collections.page:36
+#: C/documents-collections.page:37
msgid ""
"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
@@ -6152,28 +6249,28 @@ msgstr ""
"en una colección."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/documents-collections.page:43
+#: C/documents-collections.page:44
msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
msgstr "Para crear o añadir una colección:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/documents-collections.page:45 C/documents-collections.page:60
+#: C/documents-collections.page:46 C/documents-collections.page:61
#: C/documents-print.page:36 C/documents-select.page:36
msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>✓</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/documents-collections.page:46
+#: C/documents-collections.page:47
msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
msgstr "En el modo de selección marque los documentos para agruparlos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/documents-collections.page:47
+#: C/documents-collections.page:48
msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>+</gui> en la barra de botones."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/documents-collections.page:48
+#: C/documents-collections.page:49
msgid ""
"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
@@ -6184,7 +6281,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seleccionados se añadirán a la colección."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/documents-collections.page:54
+#: C/documents-collections.page:55
msgid ""
"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
"put collections inside collections.</em>"
@@ -6193,17 +6290,17 @@ msgstr ""
"puede anidar colecciones</em>."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/documents-collections.page:58
+#: C/documents-collections.page:59
msgid "To delete a collection:"
msgstr "Para eliminar una colección:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/documents-collections.page:61
+#: C/documents-collections.page:62
msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
msgstr "En el modo de selección marque la colección que quiere eliminar."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/documents-collections.page:62
+#: C/documents-collections.page:63
msgid ""
"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
"leaving the original documents."
@@ -6392,7 +6489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"crear el contenido (ej, <app>LibreOffice</app> o <app>Adobe Acrobat</app>)."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/documents.page:20
+#: C/documents.page:21
msgid ""
"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
msgstr ""
@@ -6401,12 +6498,12 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/documents.page:24 C/files.page:43
+#: C/documents.page:25 C/files.page:47
msgid "Documents"
msgstr "Documentos"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/documents.page:36
+#: C/documents.page:37
msgid ""
"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
@@ -6417,17 +6514,17 @@ msgstr ""
"usando <em>Google Docs</em> o <em>SkyDrive</em>."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/documents.page:41
+#: C/documents.page:42
msgid "View, Sort and Search"
msgstr "Ver, ordenar y buscar"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/documents.page:45
+#: C/documents.page:46
msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
msgstr "Seleccionar, organizar, imprimir"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/documents.page:49
+#: C/documents.page:50
msgid "Questions"
msgstr "Preguntas"
@@ -6517,7 +6614,7 @@ msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
msgstr "Buscar sus documentos por título o autor."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/documents-search.page:23 C/files-search.page:27
+#: C/documents-search.page:23 C/files-search.page:28
msgid "Search for files"
msgstr "Buscar archivos"
@@ -6755,8 +6852,17 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
msgstr "Para salir del documento, pulse el icono de flecha hacia atrás."
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/files-autorun.page:24 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:28 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
+#: C/look-background.page:37 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:30
+#: C/look-resolution.page:26 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:23
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:28 C/shell-apps-open.page:20
+msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
+msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-autorun.page:15
+#: C/files-autorun.page:30
msgid ""
"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
"other devices and media."
@@ -6764,18 +6870,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Ejecutar aplicaciones automáticamente para CD y DVD, cámaras, reproductores "
"de sonido y otros dispositivos y soportes."
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-autorun.page:27 C/shell-apps-open.page:22
-msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
-msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
-
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:34
+#: C/files-autorun.page:35
msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
msgstr "Abrir aplicaciones para dispositivos o discos"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:36
+#: C/files-autorun.page:37
msgid ""
"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
@@ -6789,7 +6890,7 @@ msgstr ""
"no ocurra nada cuando conecte algo."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:41
+#: C/files-autorun.page:42
msgid ""
"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
msgstr ""
@@ -6797,10 +6898,8 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivos:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:46
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
-#| "start typing <gui>Displays</gui>."
+#: C/files-autorun.page:47 C/net-default-browser.page:39
+#: C/net-default-email.page:40
msgid ""
"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
"typing <gui>Details</gui>."
@@ -6809,19 +6908,18 @@ msgstr ""
"a escribir <gui>Detalles</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:50
-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
+#: C/files-autorun.page:51 C/net-default-browser.page:43
+#: C/net-default-email.page:44
msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Detalles</gui> para abrir el panel."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:53
-#| msgid "Open <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
+#: C/files-autorun.page:54
msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Soportes extraíbles</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:56
+#: C/files-autorun.page:57
msgid ""
"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
@@ -6832,7 +6930,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de dispositivos multimedia."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:59
+#: C/files-autorun.page:60
msgid ""
"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
@@ -6843,7 +6941,7 @@ msgstr ""
"preguntará qué hacer o no sucederá nada automáticamente."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:64
+#: C/files-autorun.page:65
msgid ""
"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
@@ -6859,7 +6957,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Acción</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:73
+#: C/files-autorun.page:74
msgid ""
"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
@@ -6871,17 +6969,17 @@ msgstr ""
"ventana de Soportes extraíbles."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:79
+#: C/files-autorun.page:80
msgid "Types of devices and media"
msgstr "Tipos de dispositivos y de medios"
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:82
+#: C/files-autorun.page:83
msgid "Audio discs"
msgstr "Discos de sonido"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:83
+#: C/files-autorun.page:84
msgid ""
"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
@@ -6895,12 +6993,12 @@ msgstr ""
"reproducir en cualquier aplicación de reproducción de sonido."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:90
+#: C/files-autorun.page:91
msgid "Video discs"
msgstr "Discos de vídeo"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:91
+#: C/files-autorun.page:92
msgid ""
"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
@@ -6914,12 +7012,12 @@ msgstr ""
"correctamente al insertarlos."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:98
+#: C/files-autorun.page:99
msgid "Blank discs"
msgstr "Discos vírgenes"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:99
+#: C/files-autorun.page:100
msgid ""
"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
@@ -6928,12 +7026,12 @@ msgstr ""
"grabación de discos para borrar discos de CD, DVD, Blu-ray y HD DVD."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:104
+#: C/files-autorun.page:105
msgid "Cameras and photos"
msgstr "Cámaras y fotos"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:105
+#: C/files-autorun.page:106
msgid ""
"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
@@ -6946,7 +7044,7 @@ msgstr ""
"puede simplemente examinar sus fotos usando el gestor de archivos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:109
+#: C/files-autorun.page:110
msgid ""
"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
@@ -6957,12 +7055,12 @@ msgstr ""
"CD normales con imágenes JPEG en una carpeta llamada <file>PICTURES</file>."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:114
+#: C/files-autorun.page:115
msgid "Music players"
msgstr "Reproductores de música"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:115
+#: C/files-autorun.page:116
msgid ""
"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
@@ -6972,12 +7070,12 @@ msgstr ""
"gestor de archivos."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:119
+#: C/files-autorun.page:120
msgid "E-book readers"
msgstr "Lectores de libros electrónicos"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:120
+#: C/files-autorun.page:121
msgid ""
"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
@@ -6988,12 +7086,12 @@ msgstr ""
"archivos usted mismo usando el gestor de archivos."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:124
+#: C/files-autorun.page:126
msgid "Software"
msgstr "Software"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:125
+#: C/files-autorun.page:127
msgid ""
"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
@@ -7007,7 +7105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:130
+#: C/files-autorun.page:133
msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
msgstr "No ejecute nunca software procedente de soportes en los que no confía."
@@ -7445,19 +7543,19 @@ msgstr ""
"conecte el dispositivo de nuevo en su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
msgstr ""
"Poner archivos y documentos en un CD o DVD vacío usando una grabadora de CD/"
"DVD."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:22
msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
msgstr "Escribir archivo en un CD o DVD"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:24
msgid ""
"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
@@ -7473,12 +7571,12 @@ msgstr ""
"vacío. Para escribir archivos en un CD o DVD:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:32
msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
msgstr "Coloque un disco vacío dentro de un unidad grabadora de CD/DVD."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:34
msgid ""
"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
@@ -7489,7 +7587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gui>.S e abrirá la ventana de la carpeta del <gui>Creador de CD/DVD</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
msgid ""
"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
@@ -7498,29 +7596,29 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Dispositivos</gui> en la barra lateral del gestor de archivos.)"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:41
msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
msgstr ""
"En el campo <gui>Nombre del disco</gui> teclee un nombre para el disco."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:44
msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
msgstr "Arrastre o copie los archivos que quiera a la ventana."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
msgstr "Pulse <gui>Escribir en el disco</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:50
msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
msgstr ""
"En <gui>Seleccione un disco en el que grabar</gui> seleccione el disco vacío."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:51
msgid ""
"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
@@ -7531,7 +7629,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tarde podrá grabar esa imagen en un disco vacío.)"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:56
msgid ""
"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
@@ -7542,12 +7640,12 @@ msgstr ""
"predeterminadas deberían ser suficientes."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:61
msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Grabar</gui> para comenzar la grabación."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
msgid ""
"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
"additional discs."
@@ -7556,7 +7654,7 @@ msgstr ""
"más discos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:66
msgid ""
"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
@@ -7565,12 +7663,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Seleccione <gui>Hacer más copias</gui> o <gui>Cerrar</gui> para salir."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
msgstr "Si el disco no se grabó correctamente"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:74
msgid ""
"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
@@ -7580,12 +7678,17 @@ msgstr ""
"que puso en el disco cuando lo introduzca en un equipo."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:78
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e."
+#| "g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You "
+#| "can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
+#| "<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
msgid ""
-"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
-"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
-"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
-"DVD Creator</gui> window."
+"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for "
+"example, 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You "
+"can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
+"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
msgstr ""
"En este caso, pruebe a grabar de nuevo el disco usando una velocidad de "
"grabación más lenta; por ejemplo 12x en lugar de 48x. Grabar a velocidades "
@@ -8019,7 +8122,7 @@ msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
msgstr "Recuperar un archivo de la papelera"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:22
+#: C/files-recover.page:23
msgid ""
"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
@@ -8028,36 +8131,39 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Papelera</gui>, y debería poder recuperarlo."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-recover.page:25
+#: C/files-recover.page:27
msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
msgstr "Para restaurar un archivo de la papelera:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:26 C/files-search.page:41
+#: C/files-recover.page:29 C/files-search.page:43 C/files-share.page:47
+#: C/video-sending.page:29
msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
+"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
"overview."
msgstr ""
"Abra la aplicación <app>Archivos</app> desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</"
"gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:28
+#: C/files-recover.page:33
msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
msgstr "Pulse <gui>Papelera</gui> en la barra lateral."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:29
+#: C/files-recover.page:36
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</"
+#| "gui>. It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
msgid ""
-"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
-"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It "
+"will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
msgstr ""
-"Si su archivo eliminado está ahí, pulse con el botón derecho sobre él y "
-"seleccione <gui>Restaurar</gui>. Se devolverá a la carpeta de la que se "
-"eliminó."
+"Si su archivo eliminado está ahí, selecciónelo y elija <gui>Restaurar</gui>. "
+"Se devolverá a la carpeta de la que se eliminó."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:34
+#: C/files-recover.page:42
msgid ""
"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
@@ -8070,7 +8176,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eliminados permanentemente no se pueden recuperar de la <gui>Papelera</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:39
+#: C/files-recover.page:47
msgid ""
"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
@@ -8367,7 +8473,7 @@ msgstr ""
"información."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-search.page:10
+#: C/files-search.page:25
msgid ""
"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
msgstr ""
@@ -8375,7 +8481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"búsquedas para su uso posterior."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-search.page:29
+#: C/files-search.page:30
msgid ""
"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
@@ -8386,19 +8492,19 @@ msgstr ""
"aparecerán como carpetas especiales dentro de su carpeta personal."
#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/files-search.page:34
+#: C/files-search.page:35
msgid "Other search applications"
msgstr "Otras aplicaciones de búsqueda"
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/files-search.page:40 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+#: C/files-search.page:41 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Buscar"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:43
+#: C/files-search.page:47
msgid ""
"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
"folder."
@@ -8407,7 +8513,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vaya a esa carpeta."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:45
+#: C/files-search.page:51
msgid ""
"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
@@ -8416,7 +8522,7 @@ msgstr ""
"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:47
+#: C/files-search.page:55
msgid ""
"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
@@ -8428,12 +8534,12 @@ msgstr ""
"hace falta tener en cuenta las mayúsculas y minúsculas."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:51
+#: C/files-search.page:61
msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
msgstr "Puede acotar los resultados por ubicación y tipo de archivo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:53
+#: C/files-search.page:64
msgid ""
"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
@@ -8443,7 +8549,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para buscar en todos los sitios."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:56
+#: C/files-search.page:69
msgid ""
"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
@@ -8455,7 +8561,7 @@ msgstr ""
"resultado de la búsqueda."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:62
+#: C/files-search.page:77
msgid ""
"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
@@ -8465,7 +8571,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gestor de archivos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:65
+#: C/files-search.page:82
msgid ""
"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
"return to the folder."
@@ -8474,7 +8580,7 @@ msgstr ""
"búsqueda y volver a la carpeta."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-search.page:69
+#: C/files-search.page:87
msgid ""
"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
"quickly."
@@ -8483,17 +8589,17 @@ msgstr ""
"acceder a ellas rápidamente."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-search.page:73
+#: C/files-search.page:91
msgid "Save a search"
msgstr "Guardar una búsqueda"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:74
+#: C/files-search.page:92
msgid "Start a search as above."
msgstr "Iniciar una búsqueda como la de arriba."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:75
+#: C/files-search.page:93
msgid ""
"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and "
"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
@@ -8502,7 +8608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dentada ⚙ y elija <gui>Guardar búsqueda como</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:77
+#: C/files-search.page:95
msgid ""
"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
@@ -8514,7 +8620,7 @@ msgstr ""
"con una lupa."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-search.page:83
+#: C/files-search.page:101
msgid ""
"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
@@ -8659,15 +8765,6 @@ msgid "To share a file by email:"
msgstr "Para compartir archivos por correo-e:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:47 C/video-sending.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
-"overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Abra la aplicación <app>Archivos</app> desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/files-share.page:49
msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
msgstr "Seleccione el archivo que quiere transferir."
@@ -9016,21 +9113,27 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/files.page:30
+#: C/files.page:32
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+#| "md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+"external ref='figures/nautilus-3-10.png' "
+"md5='e25df7716ce56fcba4f3a2dcb56d2475'"
msgstr ""
-"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+"external ref='figures/nautilus-3-10.png' "
+"md5='e25df7716ce56fcba4f3a2dcb56d2475'"
#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/files.page:14
+#: C/files.page:18
msgctxt "link:trail"
msgid "Files"
msgstr "Archivos"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files.page:18
+#: C/files.page:20
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
@@ -9041,37 +9144,38 @@ msgstr ""
"link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">dispositivos extraíbles</link>…"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files.page:27
+#: C/files.page:29
msgid "Files, folders & search"
msgstr "Búsqueda de archivos y carpetas"
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/files.page:31
-msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
-msgstr "Gestor de archivos <app>Nautilus</app>"
+#: C/files.page:33
+#| msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+msgid "<app>Files</app> file manager"
+msgstr "Gestor de archivos <app>Archivos</app>"
#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/files.page:35
+#: C/files.page:37
msgid "Common tasks"
msgstr "Tareas comunes"
#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/files.page:39 C/hardware.page:31
+#: C/files.page:41 C/hardware.page:31
msgid "More topics"
msgstr "Otros temas"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:48
+#: C/files.page:52
msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
msgstr "Dispositivos extraíbles y discos externos"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:53
+#: C/files.page:57
msgid "Backing up"
msgstr "Hacer copias de respaldo"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:58
+#: C/files.page:62
msgid "Tips and questions"
msgstr "Consejos y preguntas"
@@ -9184,8 +9288,13 @@ msgstr ""
"link> a la lista de correo GNOME docs para aprender como colaborar con el "
"equipo de documentación."
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:16
+msgid "Petr Kovar"
+msgstr "Petr Kovar"
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:22
msgid ""
"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
"experience."
@@ -9193,18 +9302,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Considere cambiar a GNOME clásico si prefiere una experiencia del escritorio "
"más tradicional."
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
-msgid "Petr Kovar"
-msgstr "Petr Kovar"
-
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:26
msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
msgstr "¿Qué es una dirección GNOME clásico?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:28
msgid ""
"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
@@ -9222,36 +9326,45 @@ msgstr ""
"la pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:35
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu "
+#| "on the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-terminology"
+#| "\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
+#| "Overview</gui> item from the menu."
msgid ""
"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
-"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-terminology"
-"\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
-"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\"> "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview</em> is available by selecting the "
+"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
msgstr ""
-"Puede usar el menú de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aplicaciones</gui> de "
+"Puede usar el menú de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aplicaciones</gui> de "
"la barra superior para lanzar aplicaciones. La <em xref=\"shell-terminology"
-"\">vista de actividades</em> está disponible seleccionando el elemento "
-"<gui>Vista de actividades</gui> en el menú."
+"\">vista de <gui>activities</gui></em> está disponible seleccionando el "
+"elemento <gui>Vista de actividades</gui> en el menú."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:40
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, "
+#| "you can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
msgid ""
-"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
-"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
+"em>, you can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
msgstr ""
-"Para acceder a la <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">vista de actividades</em>, "
-"también puede pulsar la tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>."
+"Para acceder a la <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">vista de <gui>actividades</"
+"gui></em>, también puede pulsar la tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+"\">Super</key>."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:43 C/shell-terminology.page:126
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:44 C/shell-terminology.page:133
msgid "Window list"
msgstr "Lista de ventanas"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:45 C/shell-introduction.page:287
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:46 C/shell-introduction.page:277
msgid ""
"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
@@ -9261,24 +9374,30 @@ msgstr ""
"restaurarlas rápidamente."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:48 C/shell-introduction.page:291
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:49
+#| msgid ""
+#| "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short "
+#| "identifier for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first "
+#| "(top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total "
+#| "number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you "
+#| "can click the identifier and select the workspace you want to use from "
+#| "the menu."
msgid ""
"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
-"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
+"for the current workspace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
msgstr ""
"A la derecha de la lista de ventanas, GNOME muestra un identificador corto "
-"para el área de trabajo actual, como <gui>1</gui> para la primera área de "
-"trabajo. Además, el identificador también muestra el número total de áreas "
-"de trabajo disponibles. Para cambiar a un área de trabajo diferente, puede "
-"pulsar el en identificador y seleccionar el área de trabado que quiere usar "
-"en el menú."
+"para el área de trabajo actual, como <gui>1</gui> para la primera área de "
+"trabajo. Además, el identificador también muestra el número total de áreas "
+"de trabajo disponibles. Para cambiar a un área de trabajo diferente, puede "
+"pulsar el en identificador y seleccionar el área de trabado que quiere usar "
+"en el menú."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:55
msgid ""
"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
@@ -9292,12 +9411,12 @@ msgstr ""
"notificaciones."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:63
msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
msgstr "Cambiar a y desde GNOME clásico"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:66
msgid ""
"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
@@ -9308,70 +9427,84 @@ msgstr ""
"esas extensiones disponibles o instaladas de manera predeterminada."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:72
msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
msgstr "Para cambiar de <em>GNOME</em> a <em>GNOME clásico</em>:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:73 C/gnome-classic.page:98
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:74 C/gnome-classic.page:99
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the system menu on "
+#| "the right side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right "
+#| "option."
msgid ""
-"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
-"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
+"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right "
+"side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option."
msgstr ""
-"Guarde cualquier trabajo abierto y después cierre la sesión. Seleccione su "
-"nombre de usuario en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla y elija "
-"<gui>Cerrar la sesión</gui>."
+"Para <gui>Salir de la sesión</gui> o <gui>Cambiar de usuario</gui>, pulse "
+"sobre en el menú del sistema en la barra superior, pulse sobre su nombre y "
+"seleccione la opción apropiada."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:77 C/gnome-classic.page:102
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:78 C/gnome-classic.page:103
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
+#| "The login screen appears."
msgid ""
-"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
-"The login screen appears."
+"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm."
msgstr ""
-"Aparecerá un mensaje de confirmación. Seleccione <gui>Cerrar la sesión</gui> "
-"para confirmar. Aparecerá la pantalla de inicio."
+"Aparecerá un mensaje de confirmación. Seleccione <gui>Cerrar la sesión</gui> "
+"para confirmar."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:81 C/gnome-classic.page:106
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:82 C/gnome-classic.page:107
msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
msgstr ""
"En la pantalla de inicio de sesión, seleccione su nombre de usuario de la "
"lista."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:84 C/gnome-classic.page:109
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:85 C/gnome-classic.page:110
msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
msgstr "Introduzca su contraseña en la caja de entrada de la contraseña."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+#| "<gui>System Settings</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
-"Classic</gui>."
+"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</"
+"gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse <gui>Sesión</gui> debajo de la caja de entrada de la contraseña y "
-"elija <gui>GNOME Clásico</gui>."
+"Pulse el icono de la derecha de la <gui>barra superior</gui> y seleccione "
+"<gui>Configuración del sistema</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:91 C/gnome-classic.page:116
-msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
-msgstr "Pulse <gui>Iniciar sesión</gui>."
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:92 C/gnome-classic.page:117
+#| msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgid "Click the <gui>Sign In</gui> button."
+msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Iniciar sesión</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:97
msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
msgstr "Para cambiar de <em>GNOME clásico</em> a <em>GNOME</em>:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:113
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+#| "<gui>System Settings</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
-"gui>."
+"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</"
+"gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse <gui>Sesión</gui> debajo de la caja de entrada de la contraseña y "
-"elija <gui>GNOME</gui>."
+"Pulse el icono de la derecha de la <gui>barra superior</gui> y seleccione "
+"<gui>Configuración del sistema</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
@@ -9693,17 +9826,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\">código de conducta de GNOME</link> cuando chatea en IRC."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
msgid "Request support by e-mail."
msgstr "Solicitar soporte por correo-e."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:26
msgid "Mailing list"
msgstr "Lista de correo"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:28
msgid ""
"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
@@ -9717,16 +9850,20 @@ msgstr ""
"listinfo\"/>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+#| "email to it."
msgid ""
-"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+"You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
"email to it."
msgstr ""
"Puede que necesite registrarse en la lista de correo antes de poder enviar "
"un correo-e a la misma."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:38
msgid ""
"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
@@ -9738,19 +9875,19 @@ msgstr ""
"para todo lo relacionado con Chile."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11
msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
msgstr ""
"Hacer que el punto de inserción parpadee y controlar la velocidad del "
"parpadeo."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:36
msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
msgstr "Hacer que parpadee el cursor del teclado"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
msgid ""
"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
@@ -9759,43 +9896,32 @@ msgstr ""
"puede hacer que parpadee siendo más fácil ubicarlo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38 C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 C/look-background.page:46
-#: C/look-resolution.page:36 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:28 C/net-default-email.page:28
-#: C/net-findip.page:33 C/net-macaddress.page:34 C/net-othersconnect.page:37
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:40 C/net-proxy.page:49 C/power-whydim.page:34
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43 C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:36 C/printing-name-location.page:53
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40 C/printing-setup.page:67
-#: C/session-formats.page:33 C/session-language.page:44
-#: C/session-language.page:76 C/session-screenlocks.page:35
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42 C/sharing-media.page:39 C/sound-alert.page:31
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:43 C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54 C/user-add.page:63 C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:23 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28 C/wacom-stylus.page:27
-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:46
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:52 C/tips-specialchars.page:65
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</"
-"gui>."
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Teclado</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
-msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Teclado</gui>."
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:47 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 C/tips-specialchars.page:69
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Keyboard</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Teclado</gui> para abrir el panel."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:49
msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Parpadeo del cursor en los campos de texto</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:51
msgid ""
"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
msgstr ""
@@ -9902,23 +10028,33 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually "
+#| "find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
msgid ""
-"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
-"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+"The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can "
+"usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
msgstr ""
"La tecla <key>Super</key> abre la vista de actividades. Generalmente puede "
"encontrarla junto a la tecla <key>Alt</key> de su teclado."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:26
msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
msgstr "¿Qué es la tecla <key>Super</key>?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:29
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
+#| "displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
+#| "keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo "
+#| "on it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
msgid ""
-"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
-"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
+"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview "
+"is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
msgstr ""
@@ -9928,7 +10064,7 @@ msgstr ""
"A veces se la llama <em>tecla Windows</em> o tecla del sistema."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:35
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:34
msgid ""
"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
"instead of the Windows key, while Chromebooks have a magnifying glass "
@@ -9938,8 +10074,11 @@ msgstr ""
"lugar de la tecla de Windows. Los Chromebooks tienen una lupa en su lugar."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:45
-msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:44
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+msgid ""
+"To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
msgstr "Para cambiar la tecla que usar para mostrar la vista de actividades:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -9952,7 +10091,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la <app>Configuración</app>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:53 C/tips-specialchars.page:55
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:53
msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
msgstr "Pulse <gui>Teclado</gui>."
@@ -9980,7 +10119,7 @@ msgstr "Pulse la combinación de teclas que quiere."
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:68
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
@@ -9994,7 +10133,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 C/user-add.page:110
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:81
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' "
@@ -10008,7 +10148,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77 C/net-manual.page:49 C/net-manual.page:52
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' "
@@ -10022,7 +10162,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:104
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
@@ -10032,22 +10172,22 @@ msgstr ""
"md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:28 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22
msgid "Juanjo Marín"
msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39
msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
msgstr "Añadir distribuciones del teclado y cambiar entre ellas."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:42
msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
msgstr "Usar distribuciones de teclado alternativas"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:44
msgid ""
"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
@@ -10064,39 +10204,74 @@ msgstr ""
"Esto es útil si tiene que cambiar entre varios idiomas con frecuencia."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
-msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui>."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Región e idioma</gui>."
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 C/session-formats.page:35
+#: C/session-language.page:46 C/session-language.page:83
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Region & Language</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Región e idioma</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 C/session-formats.page:39
+#: C/session-language.page:50 C/session-language.page:87
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Region & Language</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Región e idioma</gui> para abrir el panel."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:60
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+"Click the <key>+</key> button, select the language which is associated with "
+"the layout, then select a layout and press<gui>Add</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Pulse el botón <key>+</key>, seleccione una distribución y pulse "
"<gui>Añadir</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
+#| "clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
+#| "png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
msgid ""
-"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
-"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png"
-"\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of "
+"<gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
+"\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
+"media></gui>"
msgstr ""
"Puede previsualizar una imagen de cualquier distribución seleccionándola en "
"la lista y pulsando <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-"
"symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">vista previa</media></gui>"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can "
+#| "identify those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type="
+#| "\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16"
+#| "\">preview</media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra "
+#| "parameters, select the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and "
+#| "a new <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-"
+#| "system-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> "
+#| "button will give you access to the extra settings."
msgid ""
"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
-"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
-"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
-"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
-"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
-"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
-"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
+"those languages because they have a <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+"system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> "
+"icon next to them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the "
+"language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button"
+"\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" width="
+"\"16\" height=\"16\">preferences</media></gui> button will give you access "
"to the extra settings."
msgstr ""
"Ciertos idiomas ofrecen algunas opciones de configuración adicionales. Puede "
@@ -10109,7 +10284,7 @@ msgstr ""
"previa</media></gui> que le dará acceso a la configuración adicional."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80
msgid ""
"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
@@ -10128,7 +10303,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para seleccionar cómo quiere gestionar varias distribuciones."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88
msgid ""
"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
@@ -10147,14 +10322,24 @@ msgstr ""
"referencia."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
+#| "Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
+#| "<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. "
+#| "By default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key "
+#| "xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to "
+#| "the previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> "
+#| "<key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the "
+#| "<gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
msgid ""
"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
-"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
-"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
+"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the "
+"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></"
"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
msgstr ""
"La manera más rápida de cambiar a otra distribución es usando los "
@@ -10423,7 +10608,7 @@ msgid "Navigate the desktop"
msgstr "Navegar por el escritorio"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:164
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10441,7 +10626,7 @@ msgstr ""
"característica <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:160
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10452,7 +10637,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Rotar a través de todas las ventanas abiertas en un espacio de trabajo."
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:305
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10472,7 +10657,7 @@ msgid "Navigate windows"
msgstr "Navegar por las ventanas"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:410
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10502,7 +10687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"key></keyseq> maximiza y restaura."
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:418
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10519,7 +10704,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ubicación original."
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:422
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10558,7 +10743,7 @@ msgstr ""
"original."
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:414
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10568,7 +10753,7 @@ msgid "Minimize a window."
msgstr "Minimizar una ventana"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:450
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10584,7 +10769,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> para cambiar ambos lados."
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:454
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10600,7 +10785,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> para cambiar ambos lados"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:386
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Espacio</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10611,13 +10796,26 @@ msgstr ""
"Mostrar el menú de la ventana, como si hubiera pulsado con el botón derecho "
"sobre la barra de título."
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:63
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' md5='__failed__'"
+
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11 C/power-hibernate.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16 C/power-hibernate.page:22
msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:32
msgid ""
"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
msgstr ""
@@ -10625,12 +10823,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ratón."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35
msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
msgstr "Usar un teclado en pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:37
msgid ""
"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
@@ -10639,36 +10837,51 @@ msgstr ""
"activar el <em>teclado en pantalla</em> para escribir texto."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Abra <gui>Acceso universal</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Teclear</gui>."
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."
+msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Ampliación</gui> en la sección <gui>Visión</gui>."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
-msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:54
+msgid ""
+"When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open "
+"at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
-"Cambie al <gui>Teclado en pantalla</gui> para mostrar el teclado en pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:57
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More "
+#| "symbols are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To "
+#| "return to the alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
-"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
-"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+"Press the <gui style=\"bottom\">123</gui> button to enter numbers and "
+"symbols. More symbols are available if you then press the <gui>{#*</gui> "
+"button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse el botón <gui>123</gui> para escribir números y símbolos. Hay más "
-"símbolos disponibles si pulsa el botón <gui>{#*</gui>. Para volver al "
-"teclado alfabético, pulse el botón <gui>Abc</gui>."
+"Pulse el botón <gui style=\"bottom\">123</gui> para escribir números y "
+"símbolos. Hay más símbolos disponibles si pulsa el botón <gui>{#*</gui>. "
+"Para volver al teclado alfabético, pulse el botón <gui>Abc</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
-msgid ""
-"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
-"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like "
+#| "a keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To "
+#| "make the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+#| "\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the "
+#| "screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+msgid ""
+"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+"input-keyboard-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">keyboard</media></"
+"gui> icon to hide the keyboard temporarily. The keyboard will show again "
+"automatically when you next press on something where you can use it. To make "
"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
-"\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the "
-"screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+"\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom of the screen), "
+"and press the keyboard icon."
msgstr ""
"Si el teclado de la pantalla se interpone, pulse el botón que parece un "
"teclado (junto al botón de <gui>bandeja</gui>) para ocultar el teclado. Para "
@@ -10677,7 +10890,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de la pantalla) y pulse el elemento de la bandeja del teclado."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
msgid ""
"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
"delay and speed of repeat keys."
@@ -10686,12 +10899,12 @@ msgstr ""
"pulsada, o cambiar el retardo y la velocidad de repetición de las teclas."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:36
msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
msgstr "Desactivar la repetición de teclas"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:38
msgid ""
"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
@@ -10705,7 +10918,7 @@ msgstr ""
"repetirse."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:53
msgid ""
"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
"repeated keys entirely."
@@ -10714,7 +10927,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mantiene pulsada</gui> para desactivar las teclas repetidas por completo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55
msgid ""
"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
@@ -10726,29 +10939,30 @@ msgstr ""
"pulsaciones de teclas."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:30
msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
msgstr ""
"Definir o cambiar atajos de teclado en la configuración del <gui>Teclado</"
"gui>."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:33
msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
msgstr "Establecer atajos de teclado"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48
msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
msgstr "Para cambiar las teclas que pulsar para un atajo de teclado:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
-msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Teclado</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Atajos</gui>."
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59
+#| msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
+msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Atajos</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
msgid ""
"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
@@ -10759,7 +10973,7 @@ msgstr ""
"acelerador…</gui>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67
msgid ""
"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
"clear."
@@ -10768,12 +10982,12 @@ msgstr ""
"key> para limpiar."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74
msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
msgstr "Atajos definidos"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:75
msgid ""
"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
"into these categories:"
@@ -10782,131 +10996,130 @@ msgstr ""
"estas categorías:"
#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79
msgid "Launchers"
msgstr "Lanzadores"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
msgid "Launch help browser"
msgstr "Lanzar el visor de ayuda"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433 C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:82 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:148
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:152 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:172
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:176 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:330 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:338 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:342
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:362 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:366
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:374
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:378 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:390
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:406 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:426
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:430 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:434
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:438 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:442
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:446
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desactivado"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
msgid "Launch calculator"
msgstr "Lanzar la calculadora"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86
msgid "Calculator"
msgstr "Calculadora"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
msgid "Launch email client"
msgstr "Lanzar el cliente de correo-e"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:90
msgid "Mail"
msgstr "Correo-e"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:93
msgid "Launch web browser"
msgstr "Lanzar navegador web"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
msgid "WWW"
msgstr "WWW"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
msgid "Home folder"
msgstr "Carpeta personal"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98
msgid "Explorer"
msgstr "Explorador"
#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "Navegación"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
msgstr "Mover la ventana al área de trabajo 1"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
msgstr "Mover la ventana al área de trabajo 2"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
msgstr "Mover la ventana al área de trabajo 3"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
msgstr "Mover la ventana al área de trabajo 4"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
msgstr "Mover la ventana un área de trabajo a la izquierda"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:129
msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
msgstr "Mover la ventana un área de trabajo a la derecha"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:133
msgid "Move window one workspace up"
msgstr "Subir la ventana un área de trabajo"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10915,612 +11128,612 @@ msgstr ""
"Pag</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
msgid "Move window one workspace down"
msgstr "Bajar la ventana un área de trabajo"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Super</key><key>Av Pag</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
msgid "Switch applications"
msgstr "Moverse entre aplicaciones"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:144 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
msgid "Switch windows"
msgstr "Cambiar entre ventanas"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
msgid "Switch windows of an application"
msgstr "Moverse entre las ventanas de una aplicación"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
msgid "Switch system controls"
msgstr "Cambiar entre controles del sistema"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:156 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
msgid "Switch windows directly"
msgstr "Cambiar ventanas directamente"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
msgstr "Cambiar entre ventanas de una aplicación directamente"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
msgid "Switch system controls directly"
msgstr "Cambiar entre controles del sistema directamente"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:168
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
msgid "Hide all normal windows"
msgstr "Ocultar todas las ventanas normales"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
msgstr "Cambiar al área de trabajo 1"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
msgstr "Cambiar al área de trabajo 2"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
msgstr "Cambiar al área de trabajo 3"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
msgstr "Cambiar al área de trabajo 4"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
msgid "Move to workspace left"
msgstr "Mover al área de trabajo de la izquierda"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195
msgid "Move to workspace right"
msgstr "Mover al área de trabajo de la derecha"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
msgid "Move to workspace above"
msgstr "Mover al área de trabajo de arriba"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Re Pag</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
msgid "Move to workspace below"
msgstr "Mover al área de trabajo de abajo"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Av Pag</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:209
msgid "Screenshots"
msgstr "Capturas de pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198 C/screen-shot-record.page:39
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211 C/screen-shot-record.page:39
msgid "Take a screenshot"
msgstr "Capturar la pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:212
msgid "<key>Print</key>"
msgstr "<key>Imp</key>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
msgstr "Capturar una ventana"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Imp</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
msgstr "Hacer una captura de pantalla de un área"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:220
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Imp Pant</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
msgstr "Copiar una captura de pantalla al portapapeles"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:224
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Imp Pant</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227
msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
msgstr "Copiar una captura de pantalla de una ventana al portapapeles"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:228
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Imp Pant</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
msgstr "Copiar una captura de pantalla de un área al portapapeles"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Imp Pant</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
msgid "Record a screencast"
msgstr "Grabar una captura de pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:242
msgid "Sound and Media"
msgstr "Sonido y medios"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
msgid "Volume mute"
msgstr "Silenciar"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:245
msgid "Audio mute"
msgstr "Silenciar"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
msgid "Volume down"
msgstr "Bajar volumen"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:249
msgid "Audio lower volume"
msgstr "Bajar el volumen"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
msgid "Volume up"
msgstr "Subir volumen"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:253
msgid "Audio raise volume"
msgstr "Subir el volumen"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
msgid "Launch media player"
msgstr "Lanzar el reproductor multimedia"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:257
msgid "Audio media"
msgstr "Dispositivo de sonido"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
msgstr "Reproducir (o reproducir/pausar)"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:261
msgid "Audio play"
msgstr "Reproducir"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
msgid "Pause playback"
msgstr "Pausar la reproducción"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:265
msgid "Audio pause"
msgstr "Pausar sonido"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
msgid "Stop playback"
msgstr "Detener la reproducción"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:269
msgid "Audio stop"
msgstr "Detener sonido"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:272
msgid "Previous track"
msgstr "Pista anterior"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
msgid "Audio previous"
msgstr "Anterior"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
msgid "Next track"
msgstr "Siguiente pista"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:277
msgid "Audio next"
msgstr "Siguiente"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:281
msgid "Eject"
msgstr "Expulsar"
#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:286
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sistema"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
msgid "Show the run command prompt"
msgstr "Mostrar el diálogo de ejecutar comando"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:289 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
msgid "Show the activities overview"
msgstr "Mostrar el resumen de actividades"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:293
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
msgid "Log out"
msgstr "Cerrar la sesión"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:297 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Supr</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287 C/shell-terminology.page:70
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300 C/shell-terminology.page:73
msgid "Lock screen"
msgstr "Bloquear la pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:301 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
msgid "Show the message tray"
msgstr "Mostrar la bandeja de mensajes"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308
msgid "Focus the active notification"
msgstr "Dar el foco a la notificación activa"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
msgid "Show all applications"
msgstr "Mostrar todas las aplicaciones"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:313 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
msgid "Open the application menu"
msgstr "Abrir el menú de la aplicación"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:322
msgid "Typing"
msgstr "Escritura"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
msgid "Switch to next input source"
msgstr "Cambiar a la siguiente fuente de entrada"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Espacio</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
msgid "Switch to previous input source"
msgstr "Cambiar a la fuente de entrada anterior"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:333
msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
msgstr "Cambiar a la siguiente fuente usando sólo los modificadores"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
msgid "Compose Key"
msgstr "Tecla de composición"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
msgstr "Tecla de caracteres alternativos"
#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:347
msgid "Universal Access"
msgstr "Acceso universal"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
msgstr "Activar o desactivar la ampliación"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:350
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
msgid "Zoom in"
msgstr "Ampliar"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:354
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
msgid "Zoom out"
msgstr "Reducir"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:358
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
msgstr "Encender o apagar el lector de pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
msgstr "Activar o desactivar el teclado en pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:369
msgid "Increase text size"
msgstr "Aumentar el tamaño del texto"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
msgid "Decrease text size"
msgstr "Reducir el tamaño del texto:"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
msgid "High contrast on or off"
msgstr "Contraste alto activado o desactivado"
#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:383
msgid "Windows"
msgstr "Ventanas"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
msgid "Activate the window menu"
msgstr "Activar el menú de la ventana"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
msgstr "Conmutar el modo a pantalla completa"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
msgid "Toggle maximization state"
msgstr "Cambiar el estado de maximización"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:394
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
msgid "Maximize window"
msgstr "Maximizar la ventana"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:398
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
msgid "Restore window"
msgstr "Restaurar la ventana"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:402
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
msgid "Toggle shaded state"
msgstr "Conmutar el estado sombreado"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
msgid "Close window"
msgstr "Cerrar la ventana"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
msgid "Hide window"
msgstr "Ocultar la ventana"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
msgid "Move window"
msgstr "Mover la ventana"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
msgid "Resize window"
msgstr "Redimensionar la ventana"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
msgstr "Conmutar la ventana en todas las áreas de trabajo o sólo en una"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
msgstr "Elevar la ventana si está cubierta, de lo contrario, bajarla"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
msgid "Raise window above other windows"
msgstr "Elevar la ventana por encima de otras ventanas"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
msgid "Lower window below other windows"
msgstr "Bajar la ventana por debajo de otras ventanas"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
msgid "Maximize window vertically"
msgstr "Maximizar la ventana verticalmente"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445
msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
msgstr "Maximizar la ventana horizontalmente"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
msgid "View split on left"
msgstr "Ver división a la izquierda"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
msgid "View split on right"
msgstr "Ver división a la derecha"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
msgstr "Cambiar los atajos del teclado"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:462
msgid "This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
msgstr ""
"Esta sección muestra cómo cambiar los atajos del teclado para una aplicación."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:466
msgid "Open the Terminal application."
msgstr "Abra la aplicación Terminal."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:468
msgid ""
"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
"true</cmd> command."
@@ -11529,24 +11742,24 @@ msgstr ""
"accels true</cmd>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:471
msgid ""
"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
msgstr "Inicie la aplicación para la que quiere cambiar el atajo del teclado."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:474
msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
msgstr ""
"Busque el elemento de menú para el que quiere cambiar el atajo del teclado."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
msgstr "Escriba el atajo que quiere en el teclado."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:482
msgid ""
"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
@@ -11560,17 +11773,17 @@ msgstr ""
"esto."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:490
msgid "Custom shortcuts"
msgstr "Atajos personalizados"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:492
msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
msgstr "Para crear su atajo de teclado personalizado:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:496
msgid ""
"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
@@ -11582,7 +11795,7 @@ msgstr ""
"personalizado</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:502
msgid ""
"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
@@ -11595,7 +11808,7 @@ msgstr ""
"y usar el comando <input>rhythmbox</input>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:508
msgid ""
"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
"<gui>New accelerator…</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
@@ -11605,7 +11818,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quiere."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:513
msgid ""
"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
@@ -11618,7 +11831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mismo nombre exacto que la propia aplicación."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:518
msgid ""
"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
@@ -11650,52 +11863,82 @@ msgstr "Teclado"
msgid "Region & Language"
msgstr "Región e idioma"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-background.page:11
-msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
-msgstr "Establecer una imagen, color o grandiente como su fondo de escritorio."
-
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/look-background.page:18
+#: C/look-background.page:17
msgid "April Gonzales"
msgstr "April Gonzales"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/look-background.page:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+msgid ""
+"Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background or lock screen "
+"background."
+msgstr "Establecer una imagen, color o grandiente como su fondo de escritorio."
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-background.page:40
-msgid "Change the desktop background"
+#: C/look-background.page:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change the desktop background"
+msgid "Change the desktop and lock screen backgrounds"
msgstr "Cambiar el fondo del escritorio"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-background.page:42
+#: C/look-background.page:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
+#| "simple color or gradient."
msgid ""
-"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
-"simple color or gradient."
+"You can change the image used for your backgrounds or set it to a be a solid "
+"color."
msgstr ""
"Puede cambiar la imagen usada en el fondo del escritorio o establecer un "
"color simple o degradado."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:47
-msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Fondo</gui>."
+#: C/look-background.page:58
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Background</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Fondo</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:62
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Background</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Fondo</gui> para abrir el panel."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:48
-msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
-msgstr "Pulse sobre la imagen de su fondo actual en el centro."
+#: C/look-background.page:65
+#| msgid "Click on the <gui>Sound</gui> icon under <gui>Preferences</gui>."
+msgid "Select the <gui>Background</gui> or <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
+msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Fondo</gui> o <gui>Pantalla de bloqueo</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:49
+#: C/look-background.page:68
msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
msgstr "Existen tres opciones en la parte superior:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:51
+#: C/look-background.page:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional "
+#| "background images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially "
+#| "transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these "
+#| "wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right "
+#| "corner."
msgid ""
"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
-"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
-"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
-"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
+"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers change throughout the day. "
+"These wallpapers have a small clock icon in the bottom-right corner."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione <gui>Fondos de escritorio</gui> para usar una de las muchas "
"imágenes de fondo profesionales con las que se distribuye GNOME. Algunos "
@@ -11704,15 +11947,24 @@ msgstr ""
"un botón de selección de color en la esquina inferior derecha."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
-"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
-"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
-"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
-"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
-"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
-"guiseq>."
+#: C/look-background.page:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
+#| "Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. "
+#| "If you would like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, "
+#| "either use <app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and "
+#| "selecting <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by "
+#| "opening the image file and selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as "
+#| "Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>."
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
+"<file>Pictures</file> folder. Most photo management applications store "
+"photos there. If you would like to use an image that is not in your Pictures "
+"folder, either use <app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and "
+"selecting <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening "
+"the image file and selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop "
+"Background</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione <gui>Imágenes</gui> para usar una de sus propias fotos de su "
"carpeta Imágenes. La mayoría de las aplicaciones de gestión de fotos "
@@ -11724,19 +11976,19 @@ msgstr ""
"de escritorio</gui></guiseq>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:64
-msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione <gui>Colores</gui> para ajustar un color plano o un degradado "
-"lineal."
+#: C/look-background.page:86
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color."
+msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Colores</gui> para usar un color plano."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:68
+#: C/look-background.page:91
msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
msgstr "La configuración se aplicará inmediatamente."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:69
+#: C/look-background.page:94
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
"to view your entire desktop."
@@ -11750,12 +12002,12 @@ msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
msgstr "La resolución de la pantalla puede estar incorrectamente ajustada."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36
msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
msgstr "¿Por qué parece que lo que hay en mi pantalla está difuso o pixelado?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:38
msgid ""
"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
"the right one for your screen."
@@ -11764,12 +12016,18 @@ msgstr ""
"más adecuado para su pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</"
+#| "gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of "
+#| "the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen "
+#| "look better."
msgid ""
-"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
-"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
-"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
-"better."
+"To solve this, open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Displays</gui>. Click on <gui>Displays</gui> "
+"to open panel. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one "
+"that makes the screen look better."
msgstr ""
"Para solucionar este problema, pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y "
"vaya a <gui>Configuración</gui>. En la sección de hardware, seleccione "
@@ -11777,12 +12035,12 @@ msgstr ""
"y establezca la que haga que se vea mejor la pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54
msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
msgstr "Cuando hay varias monitores conectadas"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56
msgid ""
"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
@@ -11796,7 +12054,7 @@ msgstr ""
"borrosa."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:58
msgid ""
"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
@@ -11811,27 +12069,24 @@ msgstr ""
"misma ventana en ambas pantallas a la vez."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60
msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
msgstr ""
"Para configurar las pantallas, para que cada una tenga su propia resolución:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
-"<gui>Displays</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</"
-"gui>. Abra <gui>Monitores</gui>."
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:68
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Pantallas</gui> para abrir el panel."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:71
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
msgstr "Pulse <gui>Cerrar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:75
msgid ""
"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
@@ -11842,17 +12097,18 @@ msgstr ""
"que la pantalla se vea bien."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-resolution.page:10
+#: C/look-resolution.page:36
msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
msgstr "Cambiar la resolución de la pantalla y su orientación (rotación)."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:26
-msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
-msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño o la rotación de la pantalla"
+#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+#| msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+msgid "Change the resolution or rotation of the screen"
+msgstr "Cambiar la resolución o la rotación de la pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:28
+#: C/look-resolution.page:42
msgid ""
"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
@@ -11865,12 +12121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"giratoria) cambiando la <em>rotación</em>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:37
-msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Pantallas</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:38
+#: C/look-resolution.page:61
msgid ""
"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
@@ -11880,17 +12131,24 @@ msgstr ""
"previsualización."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:40
-msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
-msgstr "Seleccione la resolución y la rotación que quiere."
+#: C/look-resolution.page:66
+#| msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+msgid "Select the resolution and rotation."
+msgstr "Seleccione la resolución y la rotación."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:41
+#: C/look-resolution.page:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
+#| "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
+#| "settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are "
+#| "happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds "
"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
-"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Pulse <gui>Aplicar</gui>. La nueva configuración se aplicará durante 30 "
"segundos antes de revertidse. De esta forma, si no puede ver nada con la "
@@ -11898,32 +12156,29 @@ msgstr ""
"Si está satisfecho con la nueva configuración, pulse <gui>Mantener esta "
"configuración</gui>."
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:48
-msgid ""
-"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
-"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
-"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando se utiliza otra pantalla, como un proyector, se debe detectar "
-"automáticamente para que pueda cambiar su configuración en la misma forma "
-"que la pantalla normal. Si esto no sucede, simplemente pulse en "
-"<gui>Detectar pantallas</gui>."
-
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:52
+#: C/look-resolution.page:77
msgid "Resolution"
msgstr "Resolución"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:53
+#: C/look-resolution.page:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+#| "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
+#| "em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a "
+#| "16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a "
+#| "resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the "
+#| "screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion."
msgid ""
"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
-"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
+"letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to the top and bottom "
+"or both sides of the screen."
msgstr ""
"La resolución es el número de píxeles (puntos en la pantalla) que se "
"muestran en cada dirección. Cada resolución tiene una <em>proporción de "
@@ -11934,7 +12189,7 @@ msgstr ""
"superiores e inferiores en su pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:58
+#: C/look-resolution.page:87
msgid ""
"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
@@ -11946,17 +12201,22 @@ msgstr ""
"link>."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:64
+#: C/look-resolution.page:94
msgid "Rotation"
msgstr "Rotación"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:65
+#: C/look-resolution.page:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. "
+#| "It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose "
+#| "the rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-"
+#| "down list."
msgid ""
"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
-"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
-"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
-"list."
+"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can rotate what you "
+"see on your screen by pressing the buttons with the arrows."
msgstr ""
"En algunos portátiles puede girar físicamente sus pantallas en muchas "
"direcciones. Esto es útil para poder cambiar la rotación de la pantalla. "
@@ -12064,18 +12324,18 @@ msgid "Get more help"
msgstr "Obtener más ayuda"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:12
msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
msgstr ""
"Desconectar el «touchpad» al escribir para evitar pulsaciones accidentales."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:29
msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
msgstr "Desactivar el «touchpad» al escribir"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:31
msgid ""
"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
@@ -12089,30 +12349,45 @@ msgstr ""
"última tecla."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
-msgid "Open <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui>."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Ratón y touchpad</gui>."
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:37 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:42 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:42
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:140
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Displays</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Ratón y touchpad</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:39 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:46 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:46
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:144
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Ratón y touchpad</gui> para abrir el panel."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:40
msgid ""
"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
msgstr ""
"En la sección <gui>Touchpad</gui>, marque <gui>Desactivar al escribir</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:44 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
msgid ""
"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
msgstr ""
"La sección <gui>Touchpad</gui> sólo aparece si su equipo tiene un «touchpad»."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:12
msgid ""
"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
"double-click."
@@ -12121,12 +12396,12 @@ msgstr ""
"pulsación doble."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34
msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
msgstr "Ajustar la velocidad de la doble pulsación"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:36
msgid ""
"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
@@ -12139,7 +12414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pulsar el ratón tan deprisa debería incrementar el tiempo de espera."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:45
msgid ""
"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
"value you find comfortable."
@@ -12148,7 +12423,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gui> a un valor que considere cómodo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47
msgid ""
"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
@@ -12159,7 +12434,7 @@ msgstr ""
"resaltará el círculo interior."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:52
msgid ""
"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
@@ -12174,7 +12449,7 @@ msgstr ""
"otro equipo distinto y compruebe si el problema persiste."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:59 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:55
msgid ""
"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
"pointing device."
@@ -12183,19 +12458,19 @@ msgstr ""
"cualquier otro dispositivo apuntador."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:32
msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
msgstr ""
"Intercambiar los botones izquierdo y derecho del ratón en las preferencias "
"del ratón."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
msgstr "Use su ratón para zurdos"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:37
msgid ""
"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
@@ -12204,7 +12479,7 @@ msgstr ""
"su ratón o «touchpad» para hacerlo más cómodo a los zurdos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:49
msgid ""
"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
"<gui>Right</gui>."
@@ -12360,18 +12635,20 @@ msgstr ""
"ratón</em>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
-msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad."
msgstr ""
"Activar las teclas del ratón para controlar el ratón con el teclado numérico."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36
msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
msgstr "Pulsar y mover el puntero del ratón usando el teclado numérico"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38
msgid ""
"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
@@ -12382,34 +12659,29 @@ msgstr ""
"Esta característica se llama <em>teclas de ratón</em>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46
msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
-"keyboard focus to the top bar."
+"You can access the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing on it, by "
+"moving your mouse pointer against the top-left corner of the screen, using "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> followed by "
+"<key>Enter</key> or using <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> para dar "
-"el foco del teclado a la barra superior."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Use las flechas derecha e izquierda para seleccionar el <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"icon\">menú de acceso universal</link> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
+#| "<key>Enter</key>."
msgid ""
-"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
-"<key>Enter</key>."
+"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the "
+"<gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> section then press <key>Enter</key>."
msgstr ""
"Use las teclas de flechas arriba y abajo para seleccionar <gui>Teclas del "
"ratón</gui> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
msgid ""
"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
@@ -12417,25 +12689,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Compruebe que la tecla <key>Bloq Num</key> está desactivada. Ahora podrá "
"mover el puntero del ratón usando el teclado numérico."
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
-msgid ""
-"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
-"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
-"accessibility options."
-msgstr ""
-"Estas instrucciones indican la manera más rápida de activar las teclas del "
-"ratón usando sólo el teclado. Seleccione <gui>Configuración del acceso "
-"universal</gui> para ver más opciones de accesibilidad."
-
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually "
+#| "arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad "
+#| "(such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function "
+#| "(<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a "
+#| "keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase "
+#| "external USB keypads."
msgid ""
"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
-"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
+"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB or bluetooth "
+"numeric keypads."
msgstr ""
"El teclado numérico es un conjunto de botones numéricos de su teclado, "
"normalmente dispuestos en una matriz cuadrada. Si su teclado no tiene "
@@ -12445,7 +12715,7 @@ msgstr ""
"un portátil, puede comprar teclados numéricos USB externos."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72
msgid ""
"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
@@ -12459,7 +12729,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se hará una doble pulsación."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:77
msgid ""
"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
@@ -12476,7 +12746,7 @@ msgstr ""
"izquierdo del ratón."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83
msgid ""
"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
@@ -12488,7 +12758,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Num</key>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88
msgid ""
"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
@@ -12542,7 +12812,7 @@ msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
msgstr "Compruebe que su equipo ha reconocido el ratón"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45 C/power-closelid.page:65
msgid ""
"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
"overview."
@@ -12717,19 +12987,19 @@ msgstr ""
"modelo del ratón."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
msgid ""
"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
msgstr ""
"Cambiar cómo se mueve de rápido el puntero cuando usa el ratón o el touchpad."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35
msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
msgstr "Ajustar la velocidad del ratón y del touchpad"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37
msgid ""
"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
@@ -12739,40 +13009,65 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
+#| "comfortable for you."
msgid ""
"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
-"comfortable for you."
+"comfortable for you. You will see one slider per each pointing device, such "
+"as mouse or touchpad."
msgstr ""
"Ajuste el deslizador de la <gui>Velocidad del puntero</gui> hasta que el "
"movimiento del puntero le sea cómodo."
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
+#| "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
+#| "most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
+#| "<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
msgid ""
-"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
-"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
-"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
-"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
+"You can set different pointer speed for each type of device. For example, "
+"you can have one scroll speed for a laptop touchpad and another for a mouse. "
+"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device are not the "
+"best for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</gui> and "
+"<gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
msgstr ""
"Puede ajustar la velocidad del puntero de forma diferente para el ratón y el "
"«touchpad». A veces la configuración más agradable para un tipo de "
"dispositivo no es la más cómoda para el otro. Simplemente establezca los "
"deslizadores tanto en las secciones <gui>Ratón</gui> y <gui>Touchpad</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a "
+#| "touchpad."
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad, "
+"while the <gui>Mouse</gui> section is only visible when a mouse is plugged "
+"in."
+msgstr ""
+"La sección <gui>Touchpad</gui> sólo aparece si su equipo tiene un «touchpad»."
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
msgstr ""
"Pulsar, arrastrar o desplazarse usando toques y gestos en su «touchpad»."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31
msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
msgstr "Pulsar, arrastrar o desplazarse con el «touchpad»"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33
msgid ""
"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
"without separate hardware buttons."
@@ -12780,24 +13075,34 @@ msgstr ""
"Puede pulsar, hacer dobles pulsaciones, arrastrar y desplazarse usando solo "
"su «touchpad», sin usar botones físicos aparte."
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37
+msgid "Tap to click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
+msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50
msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
msgstr ""
"En la sección <gui>Touchpad</gui>, seleccione <gui>Tocar para pulsar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
msgstr "Para pulsar toque el «touchpad»."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
msgstr "Para una doble pulsación, toque dos veces."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
msgid ""
"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
@@ -12807,7 +13112,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dedo para soltarlo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:71
msgid ""
"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
@@ -12821,7 +13126,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"a11y-right-click\"/>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:77
msgid ""
"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
@@ -12830,7 +13135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">pulsar con el botón del medio</link> pulsando con tres dedos a la vez."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:84
msgid ""
"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
@@ -12841,31 +13146,40 @@ msgstr ""
"puede creer que es un solo dedo."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92
msgid "Two finger scroll"
msgstr "Desplazamiento con dos dedos"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94
msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
msgstr "Puede hacer desplazamientos usando su «touchpad» con dos dedos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105
msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
msgstr ""
"En la sección <gui>Touchpad</gui>, marque <gui>Desplazamiento con dos dedos</"
"gui>."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
+#| "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it "
+#| "will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</"
+#| "gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be "
+#| "careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close "
+#| "together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
msgid ""
"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
-"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
-"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
-"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
-"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
+"scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and bottom of your "
+"touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to "
+"scroll sideways. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
+"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
+"touchpad."
msgstr ""
"Cuando esto está activado, al tocar y arrastrar con un dedo funcionará de "
"forma normal, pero si arrastra dos dedos por cualquier parte de la "
@@ -12876,18 +13190,18 @@ msgstr ""
"como un dedo grande a su «touchpad»."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:127
msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
msgstr ""
"El desplazamiento con dos dedos puede no funcionar en todos los touchpads."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
-msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
-msgstr "El contenido se adhiere a los dedos"
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:133
+msgid "Natural scrolling"
+msgstr "Desplazamiento natural"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:135
msgid ""
"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
"touchpad."
@@ -12896,19 +13210,20 @@ msgstr ""
"el touchpad."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
-"gui>."
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:147
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Natural scrolling</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"En la sección <gui>Touchpad</gui>, seleccione <gui>El contenido se adhiere a "
-"los dedos</gui>."
+"En la sección <gui>Touchpad</gui>, seleccione <gui>Tocar para pulsar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
-msgid ""
-"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
-"Scrolling</em>."
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:153
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
+#| "Scrolling</em>."
+msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
msgstr ""
"Esta característica también es conocida como <em>Desplazamiento natural</em> "
"o <em>Desplazamiento inverso</em>."
@@ -14397,7 +14712,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74 C/net-proxy.page:58
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74 C/net-proxy.page:71
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ninguno"
@@ -15006,7 +15321,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/net-browser.page:17 C/net-email.page:15 C/net-general.page:18
#: C/net-problem.page:16 C/net-security.page:16 C/net-wired.page:16
-#: C/net-wireless.page:20
+#: C/net-wireless.page:21
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
msgstr "El equipo de documentación Ubuntu"
@@ -15016,7 +15331,7 @@ msgid "Web Browsers"
msgstr "Navegadores"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:27
msgid ""
"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
"<gui>Settings</gui>."
@@ -15025,16 +15340,22 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Configuración</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:30
msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
msgstr "Cambiar qué sitios web se abren en el navegador"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser "
+#| "will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one "
+#| "browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you "
+#| "wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
msgid ""
"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
-"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
-"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
+"automatically open up to that page. However, if you have more than one "
+"browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
msgstr ""
"Cuando pulsa en un enlace a una página web, en cualquier aplicación, se abre "
@@ -15043,16 +15364,20 @@ msgstr ""
"solucionar este problema, cambie el navegador predeterminado:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:32 C/net-default-email.page:32
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:46 C/net-default-email.page:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from "
+#| "the list on the left side of the window."
msgid ""
-"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
-"list on the left side of the window."
+"Choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the "
+"window."
msgstr ""
"Abra <gui>Detalles</gui> y elija <gui>Aplicaciones predeterminadas</gui> de "
"la lista en el lado izquierdo de la ventana."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:50
msgid ""
"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
@@ -15061,11 +15386,17 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Web</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
+#| "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</"
+#| "gui> button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the "
+#| "default browser again."
msgid ""
"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
-"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
+"button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the default "
"browser again."
msgstr ""
"Al abrir un navegador web diferente, le puede decir que no es el navegador "
@@ -15073,7 +15404,7 @@ msgstr ""
"similar) para que no trate de configurarse como el navegador predeterminado."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-default-email.page:18
+#: C/net-default-email.page:27
msgid ""
"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
"<gui>Settings</gui>."
@@ -15082,18 +15413,26 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Configuración</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-default-email.page:22
+#: C/net-default-email.page:30
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
msgstr ""
"Cambiar qué aplicación de correo electrónico se usa para escribir correos"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-email.page:24
+#: C/net-default-email.page:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+#| "word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+#| "with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one "
+#| "mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might "
+#| "open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email "
+#| "application:"
msgid ""
"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
-"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
-"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
+"with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you have more than "
+"one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. "
"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
msgstr ""
"Al pulsar en un botón o enlace para enviar un nuevo correo electrónico (por "
@@ -15104,7 +15443,7 @@ msgstr ""
"predeterminada:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-email.page:36
+#: C/net-default-email.page:51
msgid ""
"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
@@ -15192,18 +15531,32 @@ msgstr "El proyecto de documentación de GNOME"
msgid "Email & email software"
msgstr "Software de correo electrónico"
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/net-findip.page:59 C/net-macaddress.page:62 C/net-othersconnect.page:56
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:76
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.png' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.png' md5='__failed__'"
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-findip.page:23
+#: C/net-findip.page:32
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
msgstr "Conocer su dirección IP le puede ayudar a resolver problemas de red."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:27
+#: C/net-findip.page:35
msgid "Find your IP address"
msgstr "Buscar su dirección IP"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:29
+#: C/net-findip.page:37
msgid ""
"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
@@ -15216,33 +15569,62 @@ msgstr ""
"dirección IP de su equipo en Internet."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:32
+#: C/net-findip.page:43
msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
msgstr "Buscar su dirección IP interna (de red)"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:34
+#: C/net-findip.page:45 C/net-macaddress.page:48 C/net-othersconnect.page:45
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:65 C/net-proxy.page:58 C/power-nowireless.page:46
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
-"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
-"find the IP address for."
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Network</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Abra <gui>Red</gui> y seleccione <gui>Cableada</gui> o <gui>Inalámbrica</"
-"gui> de la lista a la izquierda, dependiendo de para qué tipo de conexión "
-"quiera encontrar la dirección IP."
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Red</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:35
-msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
-msgstr "Su dirección IP interna se mostrará en la lista de información."
+#: C/net-findip.page:49 C/net-macaddress.page:52 C/net-manual.page:44
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49 C/net-othersedit.page:69 C/net-proxy.page:62
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:63 C/power-nowireless.page:50
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Red</gui> para abrir el panel."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:52
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</"
+#| "gui> from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you "
+#| "want to find the IP address for."
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui> from the list on the left, "
+"depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione <gui>Cableada</gui> o <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> de la lista de la "
+"izquierda, dependiendo de para qué tipo de conexión quiera encontrar la "
+"dirección IP."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:57
+msgid ""
+"You will see the IP address for a wired connection on the right, or open the "
+"connection details by pressing on the <gui style=\"button\"><media type="
+"\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16"
+"\">details</media></gui> button to see the <gui>Details</gui> for wireless "
+"network."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:39
+#: C/net-findip.page:65
msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
msgstr "Buscar su dirección IP externa (Internet)"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:40
+#: C/net-findip.page:67
msgid ""
"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\";>whatismyipaddress.com</"
"link>."
@@ -15251,21 +15633,25 @@ msgstr ""
"link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:41
+#: C/net-findip.page:71
msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
msgstr "El sitio le mostrará su dirección IP externa."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:44
+#: C/net-findip.page:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses "
+#| "may be the same."
msgid ""
-"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
-"be the same."
+"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these "
+"addresses may be the same."
msgstr ""
"Dependiendo de cómo se conecte su equipo a Internet, estas direcciones "
"pueden ser iguales."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:19
msgid ""
"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
"your computer secure."
@@ -15274,12 +15660,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mantener su equipo seguro."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:22
msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
msgstr "Activar y bloquear el acceso al cortafuegos"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
msgid ""
"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
@@ -15290,7 +15676,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Esto ayuda a que su equipo esté seguro."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38
msgid ""
"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
@@ -15303,7 +15689,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cortafuegos para permitir que estos servicios funcionen según lo previsto."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43
msgid ""
"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
@@ -15314,7 +15700,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que tenga que «abrir» sus puertos asignados en el cortafuegos:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:50
msgid ""
"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
@@ -15326,7 +15712,7 @@ msgstr ""
"encuentra ninguno ."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:56
msgid ""
"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
@@ -15337,7 +15723,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"net-firewall-ports\">dependerá del servicio</link>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:62
msgid ""
"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
"the firewall tool."
@@ -15830,17 +16216,17 @@ msgstr ""
"link> para obtener más información e instrucciones de instalación."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:31
msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
msgstr "El identificador único asignado al hardware de red."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
msgid "What is a MAC address?"
msgstr "¿Qué es una dirección MAC?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
msgid ""
"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
@@ -15853,7 +16239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"código tiene la intención de ser único para un dispositivo en particular."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:41
msgid ""
"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
@@ -15863,27 +16249,35 @@ msgstr ""
"de dirección MAC."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:44
msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
msgstr "Para identificar la dirección MAC de su propio hardware de red:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:55
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</"
+#| "gui> from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to "
+#| "check)."
msgid ""
-"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
-"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+"Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui> from the list on the left, "
+"depending on which device you want to check."
msgstr ""
-"Abra <gui>Red</gui> y seleccione <gui>Cableada</gui> o <gui>Inalámbrica</"
-"gui> de la lista en el lado izquierdo de la ventana (dependiendo de qué "
-"dispositivo quiere comprobar)."
+"Seleccione <gui>Cableada</gui> o <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> de la lista de la "
+"izquierda, dependiendo de qué dispositivo quiere comprobar."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
-msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
-msgstr "Su dirección MAC se mostrará como la <gui>Dirección hardware</gui>."
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui> on the "
+"right for a wired connection, or open the connection details by pressing on "
+"the <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-"
+"symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">details</media></gui> button to "
+"see the <gui>Details</gui> for wireless network."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:67
msgid ""
"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
@@ -15899,21 +16293,25 @@ msgstr ""
"casos, tendría que falsificar la dirección MAC."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-manual.page:15
+#: C/net-manual.page:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to "
+#| "enter them yourself."
msgid ""
-"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
-"them yourself."
+"You may have to enter network settings if they don't get assigned "
+"automatically."
msgstr ""
"Si la configuración de red no se le asigna automáticamente, deberá "
"introducirla manualmente."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-manual.page:19
+#: C/net-manual.page:26
msgid "Manually set network settings"
msgstr "Establecer la configuración de la red manualmente"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:21
+#: C/net-manual.page:28
msgid ""
"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
@@ -15927,85 +16325,114 @@ msgstr ""
"a su administrador de red o mirar la configuración de su enrutador o switch."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-manual.page:24
+#: C/net-manual.page:35
msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
msgstr "ParaeEstablecer la configuración de la red manualmente:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:26 C/net-vpn-connect.page:33 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
+#: C/net-manual.page:37 C/net-vpn-connect.page:56
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Settings</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración "
-"de la red</gui>."
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Configuración</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:30
+#: C/net-manual.page:41 C/net-vpn-connect.page:60
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui> to open the control center."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Configuración</gui> para abrir el centro de control."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:47
msgid ""
-"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
-"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
-"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+"In the left pane, select the network connection that you want to set up "
+"manually and click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-"
+"symbolic.svg\">settings</media> button. For example, if you plug in to the "
+"network with a cable, click <gui>Wired</gui>. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
+"connection, the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic."
+"svg\">settings</media> button will be located next to the active network."
msgstr ""
-"Seleccione la conexión de red que quiere configurar manualmente y pulse "
-"<gui>Configurar</gui>. Por ejemplo, si se conecta a la red con un cable, "
-"busque en <gui>Cableada</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:31
+#: C/net-manual.page:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is "
+#| "plugged in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
msgid ""
"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
-"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+"in."
msgstr ""
"Asegúrese de que su tarjeta inalámbrica está encendida o que el cable de red "
"está conectado. Si no es así, no podrá pulsar en <gui>Configurar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:35
+#: C/net-manual.page:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
+#| "to <gui>Manual</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
-"<gui>Manual</gui>."
+"Click <gui>IPv4</gui> and change <gui>Addresses</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Vaya a la pestaña <gui>Ajustes de IPv4</gui> y cambie el <gui>Método</gui> a "
"<gui>Manual</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:39
+#: C/net-manual.page:62
msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
-"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
-"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
-"after typing each address."
+"Type in the <gui>Address</gui> and <gui>Gateway</gui>, as well as the "
+"appropriate <gui>Netmask</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse <gui>Añadir</gui> y escriba la <em>dirección IP</em>, la <em>máscara "
-"de red</em> y la <em>dirección IP de la puerta de enlace predeterminada</em> "
-"en las columnas correspondientes de la lista <gui>Direcciones</gui>. Pulse "
-"<key>Intro</key> o <key>Tab</key> después de escribir cada dirección."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:40
+#: C/net-manual.page:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
+#| "numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
msgid ""
-"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
-"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+"These must be <em>IP addresses</em>; that is, they must be four numbers "
+"separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
msgstr ""
"Estas tres direcciones deben ser direcciones IP; esto es, deben ser cuatro "
"números separados por puntos (ej. 123.45.6.78)."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:44
+#: C/net-manual.page:68
msgid ""
-"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
-"corresponding field, separated by commas."
+"In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch <gui>Automatic</gui> to <gui>OFF</"
+"gui>. Enter the IP address of a DNS servers you want to use. Enter "
+"additional DNS server addresses using the <key>+</key> button."
msgstr ""
-"Escriba en el campo correspondiente las direcciones IP de los servidores de "
-"nombres DNS que quiere usar, separados por comas."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:48
+#: C/net-manual.page:73
msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
-"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
-"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
+"In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch <gui>Automatic</gui> to <gui>OFF</"
+"gui>. Enter the the <gui>Address</gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, <gui>Gateway</"
+"gui> and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use. Enter additional "
+"routes using the <key>+</key> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
+#| "network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by "
+#| "trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
+#| "example."
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
+"system status area on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by "
+"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
+"example."
msgstr ""
"Pulse <gui>Guardar</gui>. Si no está conectado a la red, vaya al icono de "
"red en la barra superior y conéctese. Compruebe los ajustes de red "
@@ -16013,7 +16440,7 @@ msgstr ""
"por ejemplo."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:28
msgid ""
"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
@@ -16022,72 +16449,62 @@ msgstr ""
"inalámbrica para que cualquiera que use el equipo pueda conectarse a ella."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
msgstr "Otros usuarios no pueden conectar a Internet"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:39
msgid ""
-"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
-"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
-"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
-"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
+"When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will "
+"normally be able to use it. If the connection information is not shared, you "
+"should check the connection settings."
msgstr ""
-"Si ha establecido una conexión de red, pero otros usuarios del equipo no "
-"puede conectarse, probablemente no están introduciendo la configuración "
-"adecuada cuando intentan conectarse. Por ejemplo, si tiene una conexión "
-"inalámbrica, puede que no esté introduciendo la contraseña correcta de "
-"seguridad inalámbrica."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
-msgid ""
-"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
-"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
-"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
-"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
-msgstr ""
-"Puede hacerlo de modo que todos puedan compartir la configuración de una "
-"conexión de red una vez que la haya creado. Esto significa que solo es "
-"necesario configurarla una vez, y todos los demás en el equipo serán capaces "
-"de conectarse a ella sin necesidad de contestar ninguna pregunta. Para ello:"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:52 C/net-othersedit.page:72
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> de la lista a la izquierda."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:55 C/net-othersedit.page:75
msgid ""
-"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
-"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
-"change)."
+"Open the connection details by pressing on the <gui style=\"button\"><media "
+"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" "
+"height=\"16\">details</media></gui> button to see the <gui>Details</gui> for "
+"wireless network."
msgstr ""
-"Abra la <gui>Red</gui> y seleccione <gui>Cableada</gui> o <gui>Inalámbrica</"
-"gui> de la lista a la izquierda (dependiendo de qué conexión de red quiera "
-"cambiar)."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
-msgid ""
-"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
-"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"En la lista desplegable <gui>Nombre de red</gui>, seleccione la conexión que "
-"quiere que esté disponible para todos los usuarios y después pulse "
-"<gui>Configurar</gui>."
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:60 C/net-othersedit.page:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgid "Select <gui>Identity</gui> from the panel on the left side."
+msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> de la lista a la derecha."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:63 C/net-othersedit.page:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+#| "network connection settings."
msgid ""
-"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
-"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
-"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+"At the bottom of the <gui>Identity</gui> panel, check the <gui>Make "
+"available to other users</gui> option to allow other users to use the "
+"network connection."
msgstr ""
-"Seleccione <gui>Disponible para todos los usuarios</gui> y pulse "
-"<gui>Guardar</gui>. Tendrá que introducir su contraseña de administrador "
-"para guardar los cambios. Solo los <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
-"\">usuarios administradores</link> pueden hacerlo."
+"Debe desmarcar la opción <gui>Disponible para todos los usuarios</gui> en la "
+"configuración de la conexión."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:68 C/net-othersedit.page:88
+#| msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save the changes."
+msgstr "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Aplicar</gui> para guardar los cambios."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:72
msgid ""
"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
"entering any further details."
@@ -16095,8 +16512,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Ahora otros usuarios del equipo podrán usar esta conexión sin entrar en más "
"detalles."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:76
+msgid "Any user can change this setting."
+msgstr "Cualquier usuario puede cambiar esta configuración."
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:28
msgid ""
"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
"network connection settings."
@@ -16105,18 +16527,24 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de la conexión."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
msgstr "Otros usuarios no pueden editar las conexiones de red"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer "
+#| "can't, you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</"
+#| "gui>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> "
+#| "using that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+#| "\">with administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
msgid ""
"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
-"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
-"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
-"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
-"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
+"you may have set the connection to be <em>available to all users</em>. This "
+"makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using that "
+"connection."
msgstr ""
"Si puede editar una conexión de red pero los demás usuarios de su equipo no "
"pueden, puede establecer que la conexión esté <gui>disponible para todos los "
@@ -16125,76 +16553,6 @@ msgstr ""
"xref=\"user-admin-explain\">con permisos administrativos</link> podrán "
"cambiar sus opciones."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
-msgid ""
-"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
-"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"La razón para esto es que, ya que todos los usuarios se ven afectados por el "
-"cambio, solo los usuarios de confianza (administradores) deberían poder "
-"modificar la conexión."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
-msgid ""
-"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
-"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
-"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
-"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
-"the connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Si otros usuarios necesitan ser capaces de cambiar las conexiones por ellos "
-"mismos, haga que la conexión <em>no</em> esté disponible para todos en el "
-"equipo. De esta forma, cada uno podrá gestionar sus propios ajustes de "
-"conexión en lugar de depender de una configuración compartida, en todo el "
-"sistema, para la conexión."
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
-msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
-msgstr "Hágalo para que la conexión no se comparta nunca más"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
-"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
-msgstr ""
-"Abra <gui>Red</gui> y elija <gui>Cableada</gui> o <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> de "
-"la lista en el lado izquierdo, dependiendo de qué conexión quiera cambiar."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
-msgid ""
-"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
-"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
-"<gui>Options</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"De la lista desplegable <gui>Nombre de red</gui>, seleccione la conexión que "
-"quiere que esté disponible para que todos los usuarios puedan gestionarla o "
-"editarla por ellos mismos, y después pulse <gui>Opciones</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
-msgid ""
-"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
-"admin users can do this."
-msgstr ""
-"Deberá introducir su contraseña de administración para cambiar la conexión. "
-"Solo los administradores pueden hacerlo."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
-"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
-msgstr ""
-"Deseleccione <gui>Disponible para todos los usuarios</gui> y pulse "
-"<gui>Guardar</gui>. Ahora otros usuarios del equipo podrán gestionar la "
-"conexión por ellos mismos."
-
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/net-problem.page:10
msgid ""
@@ -16212,26 +16570,30 @@ msgid "Network problems"
msgstr "Problemas de red"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-proxy.page:22
+#: C/net-proxy.page:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or "
+#| "security purposes."
msgid ""
-"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
-"purposes."
+"A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web "
+"services anonymously, for control or security purposes."
msgstr ""
"Un proxy filtra los sitios web que está consultando, normalmente por motivos "
"de control o seguridad."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:26
+#: C/net-proxy.page:34
msgid "Define proxy settings"
msgstr "Definir la configuración del proxy"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:29
+#: C/net-proxy.page:37
msgid "What is a proxy?"
msgstr "¿Qué es un proxy?"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:31
+#: C/net-proxy.page:39
msgid ""
"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
@@ -16248,41 +16610,44 @@ msgstr ""
"autenticarse o llevar a cabo comprobaciones de seguridad en sitios web."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+#: C/net-proxy.page:49
msgid "Change proxy method"
msgstr "Cambiar el método del proxy"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
-"the left side of the window."
-msgstr ""
-"Abra <gui>Red</gui> y elija <gui>Proxy de red</gui> de la lista en la parte "
-"izquierda de la ventana."
+#: C/net-proxy.page:65
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgid "Select <gui>Network proxy</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Proxy de red</gui> de la lista a la izquierda."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:55
-msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+#: C/net-proxy.page:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:"
msgstr "Elija el tipo de proxy que quiere usar de entre los siguientes."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:59
+#: C/net-proxy.page:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
+#| "web."
msgid ""
-"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
+"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the "
"web."
msgstr ""
"Las aplicaciones usarán una conexión directa para obtener el contenido de la "
"web."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-proxy.page:62 C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
+#: C/net-proxy.page:76
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "Manual"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:63
+#: C/net-proxy.page:77
msgid ""
"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
@@ -16293,38 +16658,42 @@ msgstr ""
"gui> y <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:67
+#: C/net-proxy.page:82
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Automático"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:68
+#: C/net-proxy.page:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
+#| "for your system."
msgid ""
-"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
+"A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
"for your system."
msgstr ""
"Un URL apunta a un recurso, que contiene la configuración adecuada para su "
"sistema."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:73
+#: C/net-proxy.page:90
msgid ""
-"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
-"connection to use the chosen configuration."
+"Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy "
+"settings."
msgstr ""
-"La configuración del proxy se aplicará a las aplicaciones que usen la "
-"conexión de red con la configuración elegida."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
-msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
-msgstr "Sugerencias generales que recordar al usar Internet"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:12
msgid "Steven Richards"
msgstr "Steven Richards"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:18
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet."
+msgstr "Sugerencias generales que recordar al usar Internet"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
@@ -16332,11 +16701,20 @@ msgstr "Mantenerse seguro en Internet"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that "
+#| "it is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware "
+#| "and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
+#| "targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an "
+#| "extremely large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open "
+#| "source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security "
+#| "features included with each distribution."
msgid ""
"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
-"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
+"targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely "
"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
"with each distribution."
@@ -16350,7 +16728,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seguridad incluidas en cada distribución."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:31
msgid ""
"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
@@ -16361,7 +16739,7 @@ msgstr ""
"usuario medio en Internet es susceptible de:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
msgid ""
"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
"through deception)"
@@ -16370,12 +16748,12 @@ msgstr ""
"través de engaños)"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:41
msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
msgstr "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Reenvío de correos maliciosos</link>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
"link>"
@@ -16384,7 +16762,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</link>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:48
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
"link>"
@@ -16393,12 +16771,12 @@ msgstr ""
"remota</link>"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:53
msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
msgstr "Para conectarse se manera segura, recuerde las siguientes sugerencias:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:57
msgid ""
"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
"not know."
@@ -16407,7 +16785,7 @@ msgstr ""
"no conoce."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:61
msgid ""
"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
@@ -16420,11 +16798,17 @@ msgstr ""
"ladrones de identidades u otros criminales."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+#| "\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used "
+#| "before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
+#| "root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
msgid ""
"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
"\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used "
-"before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root "
+"before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything with root "
"level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
msgstr ""
"Tenga cuidado al otorgar <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">permisos de "
@@ -16433,7 +16817,7 @@ msgstr ""
"administrador a cualquiera o a cualquier cosa pone su equipo en riesgo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:74
msgid ""
"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
@@ -16614,21 +16998,23 @@ msgstr ""
"del navegador y abrirlo de nuevo para ver si hay diferencias."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
-msgid ""
-"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
-"set up a VPN connection."
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how "
+#| "to set up a VPN connection."
+msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet."
msgstr ""
"Las VPN le permiten conectarse a una red local a través de internet. Aprenda "
"cómo configurar una conexión VPN."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
msgid "Connect to a VPN"
msgstr "Conectar a una VPN"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28
msgid ""
"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
@@ -16651,7 +17037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pueda acceder a la red local a la que está conectándose sin autenticarse."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:38
msgid ""
"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
@@ -16668,7 +17054,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instálelo."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
msgid ""
"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
@@ -16681,33 +17067,37 @@ msgstr ""
"algunas instrucciones distintas para hacer que funcione."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52
msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
msgstr "Una vez que esté hecho, puede configurar la conexión VPN:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
+#| "connection."
msgid ""
-"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
+"In the list on the left, click the <key>+</key> button to add a new "
"connection."
msgstr ""
"En la lista a la izquierda, pulse el botón <gui>+</gui> para añadir una "
"conexión nueva."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:71
msgid ""
"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Elija <gui>VPN</gui> en la lista de interfaces y pulse <gui>Crear...</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:75
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
msgstr "Pulse <gui>Añadir</gui> y seleccione qué tipo de conexión VPN tiene."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:79
msgid ""
"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
"details like your username and password as you go."
@@ -16716,12 +17106,18 @@ msgstr ""
"introduciendo los detalles como su nombre de usuario y contraseñas."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:84
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the "
+#| "top bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you "
+#| "just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network "
+#| "icon will change as it tries to connect."
msgid ""
-"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
-"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
-"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
-"change as it tries to connect."
+"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the system status area on the "
+"top bar, click <gui>VPN</gui> and select the connection you just created. It "
+"will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it "
+"tries to connect."
msgstr ""
"Cuando termine de configurar la VPN, pulse en el icono de red en la barra "
"superior, vaya a <gui>Conexiones VPN</gui> y pulse en la conexión que acaba "
@@ -16729,12 +17125,18 @@ msgstr ""
"mientras intente conectarse."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need "
+#| "to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking "
+#| "the network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
+#| "<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
msgid ""
-"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+"Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
-"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
-"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+"system status area on the top bar, click <gui>VPN</gui> followed by <gui>VPN "
+"Settings</gui>, then select the connection you just created."
msgstr ""
"Si todo va bien, se conectará correctamente a la VPN. De lo contrario, puede "
"que necesite volver a comprobar la configuración VPN que introdujo. Puede "
@@ -16742,10 +17144,14 @@ msgstr ""
"red</gui> y yendo a la pestaña <gui>VPN</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and "
+#| "click <gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
msgid ""
-"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
-"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+"To disconnect from the VPN, click the system status area on the top bar and "
+"click <gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
msgstr ""
"Para desconectarse de la VPN, pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y "
"pulse <gui>Desconectar</gui> bajo el nombre de su conexión VPN."
@@ -16890,7 +17296,7 @@ msgid "Wired Networking"
msgstr "Conexiones cableadas"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
msgid ""
"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
"its network connections."
@@ -16899,12 +17305,12 @@ msgstr ""
"equipo y a sus conexiones de red."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:30
msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
msgstr "Crear un «hotspot» inalámbrico"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:32
msgid ""
"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
@@ -16917,22 +17323,43 @@ msgstr ""
"interfaz, como una red cableada o una red de banda ancha móvil."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
-msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
-msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> a la izquierda."
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:48 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:29
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Click the system status area on the top bar and select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</"
+"gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:50 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>."
+msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Configuración de fecha y hora</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
-msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot...</gui> button."
msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Usar como «hotspot»</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if "
+#| "you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can "
+#| "only connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create "
+#| "Hotspot</gui> to confirm."
msgid ""
"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
-"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
-"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
-"to confirm."
+"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can connect "
+"to or create only one network at a time. Click <gui>Turn On</gui> to confirm."
msgstr ""
"Si ya está conectado a una red inalámbrica, se le preguntará si quiere "
"desconectarse de esa red. Un adaptador inalámbrico sólo puede conectarse o "
@@ -16940,7 +17367,7 @@ msgstr ""
"confirmar."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:58
msgid ""
"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
@@ -16951,17 +17378,17 @@ msgstr ""
"necesitarán esta información para conectarse al «»hotspot que acaba de crear."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17
msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
msgstr "Abra la configuración de red y cambie el modo avión a ENCENDIDO."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:21
msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
msgstr "Apagar el modo inalámbrico (modo avión)"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:23
msgid ""
"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
@@ -16974,16 +17401,20 @@ msgstr ""
"ejemplo). Para hacer esto:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
+#| "connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
msgid ""
-"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
-"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This will turn off your "
+"wireless connection until you switch airplane mode off again."
msgstr ""
"Active el <gui>Modo avión</gui>. Esto apagará su conexión inalámbrica hasta "
"que apague de nuevo el modo avión."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:40
msgid ""
"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
"Bluetooth connections."
@@ -16992,17 +17423,17 @@ msgstr ""
"inalámbrica como la conexión Bluetooth,"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:24
msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
msgstr "Conectarse a Internet; de forma inalámbrica."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
msgstr "Conectar con una red inalámbrica"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
msgid ""
"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
@@ -17013,16 +17444,33 @@ msgstr ""
"compartidos en la red y demás."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden "
+#| "Wireless Network</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
-"you want to connect to."
+"Click the system status area on the top bar, select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, then "
+"click <gui>Select Network</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y pulse en el nombre de la red a "
-"la que quiere conectarse."
+"Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Conectar a una "
+"red inalámbrica oculta</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
+#| "<gui>Configure</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Click the name of the network you want to connect to, then click "
+"<gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse sobre la conexión que quiera editar y después pulse <gui>Configurar</"
+"gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:39
msgid ""
"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
@@ -17035,7 +17483,7 @@ msgstr ""
"wireless-hidden\">esté oculta</link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:44
msgid ""
"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
@@ -17046,7 +17494,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pulse <gui>Conectar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:47
msgid ""
"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
@@ -17057,7 +17505,7 @@ msgstr ""
"o puede tener que preguntar a la persona que administra la red inalámbrica."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:50
msgid ""
"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
"to the network."
@@ -17066,7 +17514,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la red."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:53
msgid ""
"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
@@ -17078,7 +17526,7 @@ msgstr ""
"red. Si no hay muchas barras, las conexión es débil y puede no ser posible."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:60
msgid ""
"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
@@ -17097,7 +17545,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"/> para obtener más ayuda."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:68
msgid ""
"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
@@ -17114,7 +17562,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tanto tiene velocidades distintas."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:23
msgid ""
"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
"properly."
@@ -17123,17 +17571,24 @@ msgstr ""
"conectar correctamente."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:28
msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
msgstr "¿Por qué mi red inalámbrica permanece desconectada?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+#| "though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+#| "reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
+#| "top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
+#| "annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
msgid ""
"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
-"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
+"top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
msgstr ""
"Es posible que se desconecte de una red inalámbrica a pesar de querer "
@@ -17143,12 +17598,12 @@ msgstr ""
"molesto, especialmente si está utilizando Internet en ese momento."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:37
msgid "Weak wireless signal"
msgstr "Señal inalámbrica débil"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:39
msgid ""
"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
@@ -17164,7 +17619,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pueden debilitar la señal."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:45
msgid ""
"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
@@ -17174,12 +17629,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inalámbrica."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:51
msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
msgstr "La conexión de red no está establecida correctamente"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:53
msgid ""
"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
@@ -17195,7 +17650,7 @@ msgstr ""
"finalizar la conexión por alguna razón y la desconectó."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:60
msgid ""
"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
@@ -17206,12 +17661,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nombre de usuario para iniciar sesión, por ejemplo)."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:67
msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
msgstr "Controladores o hardware inalámbrico poco fiables"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:69
msgid ""
"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
@@ -17230,12 +17685,12 @@ msgstr ""
"diferente."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:79
msgid "Busy wireless networks"
msgstr "Redes inalámbricas ocupadas"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:81
msgid ""
"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
@@ -17249,443 +17704,23 @@ msgstr ""
"de ellos se desconectan."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
-msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
-msgstr ""
-"Aprender cuáles son las opciones en la pantalla de conexión inalámbrica de "
-"edición."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
-msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
-msgstr "Editar una conexión inalámbrica"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
-msgid ""
-"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
-"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
-"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"En este tema se describen todas las opciones que están disponibles cuando se "
-"edita una conexión de red inalámbrica. Para editar una conexión, seleccione "
-"en la configuración de <gui>Red</gui>, a continuación, pulse en "
-"<gui>Opciones</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
-"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
-"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
-msgstr ""
-"La mayoría de las redes no tendrán ningún problema si deja esta "
-"configuración predeterminada, por lo que probablemente no será necesario "
-"cambiar ninguna de ellas. Muchas de las opciones que aquí se proporcionan lo "
-"son para darle un mayor control sobre redes más avanzadas."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
-msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
-msgstr "Disponible para todos los usuarios / Conectar automáticamente"
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
-msgid "Connect automatically"
-msgstr "Conectar automáticamente"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
-"wireless network whenever it is in range."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione esta opción si quiere que el equipo intente conectarse a esta red "
-"inalámbrica cuando esté en el rango."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
-msgid ""
-"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
-"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
-"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
-"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
-msgstr ""
-"Si hay varias redes establecidas en el rango, para conectarse "
-"automáticamente, el equipo se conectará a la primera que se muestra en la "
-"pestaña <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> en la ventana <gui>Conexiones de red</gui>. "
-"No se desconectará de una red disponible para conectarse a una diferente que "
-"acabe de aparecer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
-msgid "Available to all users"
-msgstr "Disponible para todos los usuarios"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
-"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
-"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
-"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
-"password themselves."
-msgstr ""
-"Marque esta opción si quiere que todos los usuarios en el equipo tengan "
-"acceso a esta red inalámbrica. Si la red tiene una <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-"wepwpa\">contraseña WEP/WPA</link> y ha seleccionado esta opción, solo "
-"tendrá que introducir la contraseña una vez. Todos los demás usuarios en el "
-"equipo serán capaces de conectarse a la red sin tener que conocer la "
-"contraseña."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
-"\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You "
-"may be asked to enter your admin password."
-msgstr ""
-"Si se marca esta opción, tiene que ser <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
-"\">administrador</link> para cambiar la configuración de esta red. Se le "
-"puede pedir que introduzca su contraseña de administrador."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
-msgid "Wireless"
-msgstr "Inalámbrica"
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
-msgid "SSID"
-msgstr "SSID"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
-msgid ""
-"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
-"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
-"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
-"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
-msgstr ""
-"Este es el nombre de la red inalámbrica a la que se conecta, también "
-"conocido como el <em>Service Set Identifier</em> (identificador de conjunto "
-"de servicio). No lo cambie a menos que haya cambiado el nombre de la red "
-"inalámbrica (por ejemplo, al cambiar la configuración de su enrutador "
-"inalámbrico o estación base)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
-msgid "Mode"
-msgstr "Modo"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
-"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
-"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
-"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
-"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc"
-"\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
-msgstr ""
-"Úselo para especificar si quiere conectarse a una red de tipo "
-"<gui>Infraestructura</gui> (donde los equipos se conectan de forma "
-"inalámbrica a una estación base central o un enrutador) o <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> "
-"(donde no hay ninguna estación base, y los equipos de la red se conectan "
-"directamente con otro). La mayoría de las redes son de tipo infraestructura; "
-"sin embargo, es posible que quiera <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">crear su propia "
-"red ad-hoc</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
-msgid ""
-"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
-"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
-"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
-"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
-"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
-"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
-"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
-"you can change which channel you are using too."
-msgstr ""
-"Si selecciona <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, verá otras dos opciones: <gui>Banda</gui> y "
-"<gui>Canal</gui>, que determinan en qué banda de frecuencias inalámbricas "
-"operará la red ad-hoc. Algunos equipos solo pueden funcionar en ciertas "
-"bandas (por ejemplo, solo en la <gui>A</gui> o en la <gui>B/G</gui>), por lo "
-"que deberá escoger la banda apropiada para que todos los equipos de la red "
-"ad-hoc puedan usarla. En lugares concurridos, es posible que existan varias "
-"redes inalámbricas compartiendo el mismo canal; esto podría ralentizar su "
-"conexión, por lo que también puede cambiar el canal que vaya a usar."
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
-msgid "BSSID"
-msgstr "BSSID"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
-msgid ""
-"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
-"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
-"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
-"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
-"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
-"but it will have a BSSID."
-msgstr ""
-"Este es el <em>Identificador de conjunto de servicio básico</em> «Basic "
-"Service Set Identifier». El SSID (ver más arriba) es el nombre de la red "
-"pensado para que lo entiendan las personas; el BSSID es un nombre pensado "
-"para que lo entienda el equipo (es una cadena de letras y números que se "
-"supone que es único en la red inalámbrica). Si <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-"hidden\">la red está oculta</link>, no tendrá SSID pero sí tendrá BSSID."
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
-msgid "Device MAC address"
-msgstr "Dirección MAC del dispositivo:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
-msgid ""
-"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
-"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
-"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
-"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
-msgstr ""
-"Una <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">dirección MAC</link> es un código que "
-"identifica una pieza del hardware de red (por ejemplo, una tarjeta "
-"inalámbrica, una tarjeta de red Ethernet o un enrutador. Cada dispositivo "
-"que puede conectar a una red tiene una dirección MAC única, asignada de "
-"fábrica."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta opción se puede usar para cambiar la dirección MAC de su tarjeta de red."
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
-msgid "Cloned MAC address"
-msgstr "Dirección MAC clonada"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
-"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
-"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
-"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
-"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
-"address rather than its real one."
-msgstr ""
-"Su hardware de red (tarjeta inalámbrica) puede intentar tener una dirección "
-"MAC distinta. Esto es útil si tiene un dispositivo o servicio que solo se "
-"comunica con una determinada dirección MAC (por ejemplo, un cablemódem de "
-"banda ancha). Si pone esa dirección MAC en el apartado <gui>dirección MAC "
-"clonada</gui>, el dispositivo o servicio pensará que su equipo tiene la "
-"dirección MAC clonada en vez de la real."
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
-msgid ""
-"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
-"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
-"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
-"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
-"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
-"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta configuración cambia la <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em> (unidad de "
-"transmisión máxima), que es el tamaño máximo de un fragmento de datos que se "
-"puede enviar a través de la red. Cuando los archivos se envían a través de "
-"una red, los datos se dividen en trozos pequeños (o paquetes). La MTU óptima "
-"para la red dependerá de la probabilidad de que se pierdan los paquetes "
-"(debido a una conexión con ruido) y la rapidez con la conexión. Generalmente "
-"nunca debería cambiar este ajuste."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
-msgid "Wireless Security"
-msgstr "Seguridad inalámbrica"
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99 C/sharing-desktop.page:75
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:74
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Seguridad"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
-msgid ""
-"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
-"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
-"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
-"you're visiting and so on."
-msgstr ""
-"Esto define qué tipo de <em>cifrado</em> usa su red inalámbrica. Las "
-"conexiones cifradas ayudan a proteger su conexión inalámbrica de ser "
-"interceptada, por lo que otras personas no podrán «escuchar» y ver qué sitios "
-"web está visitando, etc."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
-msgid ""
-"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
-"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
-"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
-"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
-"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
-"encryption."
-msgstr ""
-"Algunos tipos de cifrado son más fuertes que otros, pero puede que algunos "
-"dispositivos de red inalámbrica más antiguos no lo admitan. Normalmente "
-"tendrá que teclear una contraseña para conectarse; otros tipos de seguridad "
-"más sofisticados también necesitan un nombre de usuario y un «certificado» "
-"digital. Consulte la <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> para obtener más "
-"información sobre los tipos de cifrado inalámbrico más usuales."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
-msgid "IPv4 Settings"
-msgstr "Ajustes de IPv4"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
-msgid ""
-"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
-"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
-"different ways of getting/setting that information."
-msgstr ""
-"Use esta pestaña para definir información como la dirección IP de su equipo "
-"y los servidores DNS que debe usar. Cambie el <gui>Método</gui> para ver las "
-"diferentes maneras de obtener/establecer esa información."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
-msgid "The following methods are available:"
-msgstr "Los siguientes métodos están disponibles:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
-msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Automático (DHCP)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
-msgid ""
-"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
-"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
-"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
-"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
-"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
-msgstr ""
-"Obtener información, como la dirección IP y el servidor DNS que usar, de un "
-"<em>servidor DHCP</em>. Un servidor DHCP es un equipo (u otro dispositivo, "
-"como por ejemplo un enrutador) conectado a la red, que decide qué "
-"configuración tendrá su equipo; cuando se conecte por primera vez a la red, "
-"se le asignará automáticamente la configuración correcta. La mayoría de las "
-"redes usan DHCP."
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
-msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
-msgstr "Solo direcciones automáticas (DHCP)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
-msgid ""
-"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
-"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
-"DNS server to use)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si elige esta opción, el equipo obtendrá su dirección IP de un servidor "
-"DHCP, pero tendrá que definir manualmente otros detalles (como el servidor "
-"DNS que usará)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
-msgid ""
-"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
-"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
-msgstr ""
-"Elija esta opción si quiere definir toda la configuración de red, incluyendo "
-"la dirección IP que el equipo debe usar."
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
-msgid "Link-Local Only"
-msgstr "Solo enlace local"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
-msgid ""
-"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
-"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
-"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
-"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
-"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
-"so they communicate with each other."
-msgstr ""
-"<em>Enlace local</em> es una forma de conectar equipos entre sí sin tener "
-"que usar un servidor DHCP ni definir manualmente las direcciones IP ni otra "
-"información. Al conectarse a una red de enlace local, los equipos de la red "
-"decidirán entre ellos qué direcciones IP usar y demás. Esto es útil si "
-"quiere conectar temporalmente unos cuantos equipos juntos para que puedan "
-"comunicarse entre ellos."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
-msgid ""
-"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
-"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
-"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
-"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta opción desactivará la conexión a la red y le impedirá conectarse a "
-"ella. Observe que <gui>IPv4</gui> e <gui>IPv6</gui> se tratan como "
-"conexiones separadas, incluso aunque vayan por la misma tarjeta de red. Si "
-"ha activado una de ellas, puede que quiera desactivar la otra."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
-msgid "IPv6 Settings"
-msgstr "Ajustes de IPv6"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
-msgid ""
-"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
-"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
-"at the moment."
-msgstr ""
-"Es similar a la pestaña <gui>IPv4</gui> excepto en que concierne al nuevo "
-"estándar IPv6. Las redes más modernas usan IPv6, pero IPv4 sigue siendo más "
-"popular por el momento."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
-msgid ""
-"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
-"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:19
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many "
+#| "wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, and other places to look."
msgstr ""
"El hardware inalámbrico puede estar apagado o roto, puede haber muchas redes "
"inalámbricas cercanas, o puede estar fuera de rango."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23
msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
msgstr "No puedo ver mi red inalámbrica en la lista"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:25
msgid ""
"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
@@ -17696,7 +17731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la barra superior."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:31
msgid ""
"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
@@ -17707,7 +17742,7 @@ msgstr ""
"correctamente</link>. Asegúrese de encenderlo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:37
msgid ""
"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
@@ -17720,7 +17755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pase el ratón sobre ella para visualizar el resto de las redes inalámbricas."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:44
msgid ""
"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
@@ -17729,7 +17764,7 @@ msgstr ""
"inalámbrica/enrutador y vea si aparece la red después de un tiempo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:50
msgid ""
"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
@@ -17740,7 +17775,7 @@ msgstr ""
"compruebe si la red ha aparecido en la lista."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:56
msgid ""
"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
@@ -17749,26 +17784,34 @@ msgstr ""
"\">conectarse de una manera diferente</link> si es una red oculta."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Connecting to a wireless network is easy in most cases, but there can "
+#| "sometimes be problems."
msgid ""
-"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
-"network."
+"Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list."
msgstr ""
-"Abra <gui>Configuración de la red</gui> y conéctese a <gui>Otra</gui> red "
-"inalámbrica."
+"La mayoría de las veces es fácil conectarse a una red inalámbrica, pero en "
+"algunos casos da problemas."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27
msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
msgstr "Conectar a una red inalámbrica oculta"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" "
+#| "Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed "
+#| "when you click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless "
+#| "networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
-"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
-"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
-"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+"networks won't show up in the list of wireless networks displayed in the "
+"<gui>Network</gui> settings. To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
msgstr ""
"Es posible configurar una red inalámbrica para que esté «oculta». Las redes "
"ocultas no se muestran en la lista de redes que se muestran al pulsar en el "
@@ -17776,28 +17819,48 @@ msgstr ""
"cualquier otro equipo). Para conectarse a una red inalámbrica oculta:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
-msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
-msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> de la lista a la derecha."
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> botton."
+msgid "Click the <gui>Connect to Hidden Network...</gui> button."
+msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Comprobar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39
msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+"In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network "
+"using the <gui>Connection</gui> drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new "
+"one."
msgstr ""
-"Seleccione <gui>Otra</gui> en la lista desplegable <gui>Nombre de red</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
+#| "wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
msgid ""
-"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
-"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+"For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless "
+"security from the <gui>Wi-Fi security</gui> drop-down list."
msgstr ""
"En la ventana que aparece, escriba el nombre de la red, elija el tipo de "
"seguridad inalámbrica y pulse <gui>Conectar</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change the password of one of the online services."
+msgid "Enter the password or other security details."
+msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña de uno de los servicios en línea."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:51
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr "Pulse <gui>Conectar</gui>."
+
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:55
msgid ""
"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
@@ -17810,7 +17873,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Identifier»), y buscar algo parecido a esto: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:60
msgid ""
"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
"for terms like WEP and WPA."
@@ -17819,7 +17882,7 @@ msgstr ""
"inalámbrica; busque términos del tipo WEP o WPA."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:64
msgid ""
"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
@@ -17832,21 +17895,19 @@ msgstr ""
"es perceptible."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
-msgid ""
-"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
-"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
-msgstr ""
-"Compruebe dos veces la contraseña, intente usar la clave de paso en lugar de "
-"la contraseña, apague la tarjeta inalámbrica y actívela de nuevo..."
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try."
+msgstr "Compruebe dos veces que ha introducido correctamente la contraseña"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:21
msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
msgstr "He introducido la contraseña adecuada, pero sigo sin poder conectarme"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:23
msgid ""
"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
"\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a "
@@ -17858,12 +17919,12 @@ msgstr ""
"siguientes sugerencias:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:27
msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
msgstr "Compruebe dos veces que ha introducido correctamente la contraseña"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:28
msgid ""
"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
@@ -17874,12 +17935,12 @@ msgstr ""
"donde debería haberlo hecho, una de las letras es incorrecta."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:32
msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
msgstr "Intente la clave hexadecimal o ASCII"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:33
msgid ""
"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
@@ -17900,12 +17961,12 @@ msgstr ""
"conexión cifrada por WEP)."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:37
msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
msgstr "Intente apagar su tarjeta inalámbrica y volverla a encender"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:38
msgid ""
"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
@@ -17917,12 +17978,12 @@ msgstr ""
"troubleshooting\"/> para obtener más información."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:42
msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
msgstr "Compruebe que está usando el tipo correcto de seguridad inalámbrica"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:43
msgid ""
"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
@@ -17938,12 +17999,12 @@ msgstr ""
"opciones."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:47
msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
msgstr "Compruebe que su tarjeta inalámbrica está correctamente soportada"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:48
msgid ""
"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
@@ -17960,16 +18021,16 @@ msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> para obtener más información."
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:12
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:13
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:14
msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
msgstr "Contribuyentes al wiki de documentación de Ubuntu"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:20
msgid ""
"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
"you may need to find a better one."
@@ -17978,20 +18039,20 @@ msgstr ""
"inalámbricos, así que puede que tenga que encontrar uno mejor."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:25
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:27
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:27
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:26
msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
msgstr "Solucionador de problemas de red inalámbrica"
#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
msgstr "Asegúrese de que los controladores de su dispositivo están instalados"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
msgid ""
"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
@@ -18010,14 +18071,14 @@ msgstr ""
"algunas de las siguientes opciones:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:39
msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
msgstr ""
"Compruebe que su adaptador inalámbrico está en la lista de dispositivos "
"soportados"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:40
msgid ""
"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
@@ -18042,12 +18103,12 @@ msgstr ""
"controladores inalámbricos funcionen."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:52
msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
msgstr "Buscar controladores restringidos (binarios)"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:53
msgid ""
"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
@@ -18066,7 +18127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"del adaptador inalámbrico si tiene controladores para Linux."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59
msgid ""
"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
@@ -18077,12 +18138,12 @@ msgstr ""
"para determinar si puede encontrar los controladores inalámbricos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:65
msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
msgstr "Usar los controladores de Windows para su adaptador"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66
msgid ""
"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
@@ -18109,7 +18170,7 @@ msgstr ""
"NDISwrapper."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:79
msgid ""
"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
@@ -18123,7 +18184,7 @@ msgstr ""
"con su distribución de Linux antes de comprarlo."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:21
msgid ""
"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
"recognized properly by the computer."
@@ -18132,17 +18193,17 @@ msgstr ""
"haya reconocido correctamente."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:26
msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
msgstr "Resolución de problemas en conexiones inalámbricas"
#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:27
msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
msgstr "Compruebe que su equipo ha reconocido el adaptador inalámbrico"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
msgid ""
"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
@@ -18153,7 +18214,7 @@ msgstr ""
"comprobará si el dispositivo se ha reconocido correctamente."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:35
msgid ""
"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
@@ -18164,7 +18225,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el programa <app>lshw</app> en su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
msgid ""
"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
@@ -18175,7 +18236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"algo similar (pero no idéntico) a esto:"
#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:43
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*-network\n"
@@ -18189,7 +18250,7 @@ msgstr ""
" vendor: Intel Corporation"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:49
msgid ""
"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
@@ -18199,7 +18260,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivos</link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
msgid ""
"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
@@ -18214,12 +18275,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60
msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
msgstr "Adaptador inalámbrico PCI (interno)"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
msgid ""
"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
@@ -18230,12 +18291,12 @@ msgstr ""
"adaptadores externos de tipo tarjeta y más comunes en portátiles antiguos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65
msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
msgstr "Abra una terminal y escriba <cmd>lspci</cmd> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:68
msgid ""
"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
@@ -18252,14 +18313,14 @@ msgstr ""
"tiene un ejemplo de que tipo de entrada puede ver:"
#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
msgstr "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:103
msgid ""
"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
@@ -18273,12 +18334,12 @@ msgstr ""
"más abajo</link>."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84
msgid "USB wireless adapter"
msgstr "Adaptador inalámbrico USB"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:85
msgid ""
"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
@@ -18296,12 +18357,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ha reconocido:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:93
msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
msgstr "Abra una terminal y escriba <cmd>lsusb</cmd> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:96
msgid ""
"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
@@ -18316,18 +18377,18 @@ msgstr ""
"ser la entrada:"
#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB
Card"
msgstr "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB
Card"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:111
msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
msgstr "Comprobar un dispositivo PCMCIA"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:112
msgid ""
"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
@@ -18338,23 +18399,23 @@ msgstr ""
"equipos antiguos. Para comprobar si su adaptador PCMCIA se ha reconocido:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:117
msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
msgstr "Arranque su equipo <em>sin</em> conectar el adaptador inalámbrico."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:120
msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
msgstr "Abra una terminal y teclee lo siguiente, luego pulse <key>Intro</key>:"
#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:122
msgid ""
"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
@@ -18364,7 +18425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambia."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:125
msgid ""
"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
@@ -18376,7 +18437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"identificarlos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:129
msgid ""
"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
@@ -18387,7 +18448,7 @@ msgstr ""
"terminal si quiere."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:132
msgid ""
"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
@@ -18401,12 +18462,12 @@ msgstr ""
"las <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">instrucciones más abajo</link>."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:140
msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
msgstr "El adaptador inalámbrico no se ha reconocido"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:141
msgid ""
"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
@@ -18419,7 +18480,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribución de Linux que está usando (tales como Ubuntu, Fedora u openSUSE)."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:145
msgid ""
"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
@@ -18430,7 +18491,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en línea donde puede preguntar acerca de su adaptador inalámbrico."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
msgid ""
"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
@@ -18439,12 +18500,12 @@ msgstr ""
"necesite detalles tales como el número de modelo de su adaptador inalámbrico."
#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28
msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
msgstr "Recopilar información de su hardware de red"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30
msgid ""
"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
@@ -18462,7 +18523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"elementos, si todavía los tiene:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:39
msgid ""
"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
"user guide for your router)"
@@ -18471,7 +18532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(particularmente el manual de usuario de su enrutador)"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:43
msgid ""
"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
"contains Windows drivers)"
@@ -18480,7 +18541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"contiene el controlador para Windows)"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
msgid ""
"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
@@ -18491,7 +18552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"inferior/trasera del dispositivo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:52
msgid ""
"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
@@ -18501,7 +18562,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cajas. Pueden ser especialmente útiles, así que mire cuidadosamente."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:57
msgid ""
"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
@@ -18511,7 +18572,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que usa."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:62
msgid ""
"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
@@ -18525,7 +18586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lo necesite.)"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:67
msgid ""
"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
msgstr ""
@@ -18533,7 +18594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Siguiente</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
msgid ""
"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
"few troubleshooting steps."
@@ -18542,12 +18603,12 @@ msgstr ""
"los siguientes pasos en la resolución de problemas."
#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28
msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
msgstr "Realizar una comprobación inicial de la conexión"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30
msgid ""
"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
@@ -18561,7 +18622,7 @@ msgstr ""
"solucionar algunos problemas."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:37
msgid ""
"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
"connection."
@@ -18570,7 +18631,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<em>cableada</em>-"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
msgid ""
"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
@@ -18581,7 +18642,7 @@ msgstr ""
"insertada en la ranura correcta en el equipo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
msgid ""
"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
@@ -18593,23 +18654,29 @@ msgstr ""
"una combinación de teclas."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to "
+#| "ON. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane"
+#| "\">Airplane Mode is not switched on</link>."
msgid ""
-"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
-"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
-"Mode is not switched on</link>."
+"Click the system status area on the top bar and select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, "
+"then select <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>. Make sure that <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> is "
+"set to <gui>ON</gui>. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+"airplane\">Airplane Mode is not switched on</link>."
msgstr ""
"Pulse el icono de red y asegúrese de que <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> está "
"ENCENDIDA. También debería comprobar que <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane"
"\">el modo avión no está encendido</link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:57
msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
msgstr "Abra la terminal, teclee <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:58
msgid ""
"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
@@ -18626,7 +18693,7 @@ msgstr ""
"significa que está funcionando y conectado a su enrutador inalámbrico."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:67
msgid ""
"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
@@ -18641,7 +18708,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de su ISP."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:73
msgid ""
"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
@@ -18652,12 +18719,12 @@ msgstr ""
"guía de resolución de problemas."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:22
msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
msgstr "Identificar y arreglar problemas con conexiones inalámbricas"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:28
msgid ""
"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
@@ -18669,39 +18736,39 @@ msgstr ""
"instrucciones."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
msgid ""
"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
"to the internet:"
msgstr "Se realizarán los siguientes pasos para conectar su equipo a Internet:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
msgid "Performing an initial check"
msgstr "Realizar una comprobación inicial"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36
msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
msgstr "Recopilar información de su hardware"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37
msgid "Checking your hardware"
msgstr "Comprobar su hardware"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
msgstr "Intentar crear una conexión con su enrutador inalámbrico"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
msgstr "Comprobar su módem y su enrutador"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41
msgid ""
"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
@@ -18712,12 +18779,12 @@ msgstr ""
"páginas, le llevarán a través de cada paso en la guía."
#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:46
msgid "Using the command line"
msgstr "Usar la línea de comandos"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:47
msgid ""
"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
@@ -18728,7 +18795,7 @@ msgstr ""
"«Terminal» en la vista <gui>Actividades</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:49
msgid ""
"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
@@ -18742,17 +18809,17 @@ msgstr ""
"key> después de teclear cada comando para ejecutarlo."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:17
msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
msgstr "WEP y WPA son maneras de cifrar datos en redes inalámbricas."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:21
msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
msgstr "¿Qué significan WEP y WPA?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23
msgid ""
"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
@@ -18770,7 +18837,7 @@ msgstr ""
"segunda versión del estándar WPA."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:30
msgid ""
"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
@@ -18785,7 +18852,7 @@ msgstr ""
"inalámbrica."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless.page:12
+#: C/net-wireless.page:13
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
@@ -18798,7 +18865,7 @@ msgstr ""
"wireless-disconnecting\">desconectarse</link>…"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless.page:25
+#: C/net-wireless.page:26
msgid "Wireless Networking"
msgstr "Conexiones inalámbricas"
@@ -18912,17 +18979,17 @@ msgstr ""
"necesita."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
msgstr "Consejos para reducir el consumo de energía de su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:37
msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
msgstr "Usar menos energía y mejorar la vida de la batería"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:39
msgid ""
"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
@@ -18932,12 +18999,12 @@ msgstr ""
"de la luz y ayudar al medio ambiente."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:43
msgid "General tips"
msgstr "Consejos generales"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:47
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
@@ -18948,7 +19015,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reanudar el equipo muy rápidamente."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:52
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
@@ -18960,14 +19027,22 @@ msgstr ""
"regularidad puede hacer que se desgaste más rápidamente, pero no es el caso."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change "
+#| "your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save "
+#| "power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce "
+#| "the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref="
+#| "\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it "
+#| "for a certain period of time."
msgid ""
"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
-"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
-"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
-"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
-"period of time."
+"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time, reduce the "
+"display brightness and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspend"
+"\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period "
+"of time."
msgstr ""
"Use las preferencias de <gui>Energía</gui> en la <app>Configuración</app> "
"para cambiar sus opciones de energía. Hay varias opciones que pueden "
@@ -18977,7 +19052,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automáticamente</link> si no lo usa durante un cierto periodo de tiempo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:69
msgid ""
"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
"using them."
@@ -18986,21 +19061,24 @@ msgstr ""
"los use."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:77
msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
msgstr "Portátiles, netbooks y otros dispositivos con baterías"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:81
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a "
+#| "significant fraction of a laptop power consumption."
msgid ""
-"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
+"Reduce the screen brightness: powering the screen accounts for a significant "
"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
msgstr ""
"Reducir el brillo de la pantalla; el consumo de energía de la pantalla "
"supone una parte significativa del consumo de energía total de un portátil."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:85
msgid ""
"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
"can use to reduce the brightness."
@@ -19009,7 +19087,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de teclas) que puede usar para reducir el brillo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
msgid ""
"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
@@ -19020,7 +19098,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ondas de radio, lo que consume energía."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:92
msgid ""
"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
@@ -19031,12 +19109,12 @@ msgstr ""
"de nuevo cuando lo necesite."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
msgid "More advanced tips"
msgstr "Más consejos avanzados"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:105
msgid ""
"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
"more power when they have more work to do."
@@ -19045,7 +19123,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gastan más energía cuando tienen más trabajo que hacer."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:107
msgid ""
"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
@@ -19219,18 +19297,18 @@ msgstr ""
"distintas."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-closelid.page:23
+#: C/power-closelid.page:24
msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
msgstr ""
"Los portátiles se suspenden cuando se cierra la tapa para ahorrar energía."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-closelid.page:26
+#: C/power-closelid.page:28
msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
msgstr "¿Por qué se apaga mi equipo cuando cierro la tapa?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:28
+#: C/power-closelid.page:30
msgid ""
"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
@@ -19246,7 +19324,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pulse el botón de encendido."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:34
+#: C/power-closelid.page:37
msgid ""
"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
@@ -19263,6 +19341,100 @@ msgstr ""
"link>, o puede evitar que el equipo intente suspenderse cuando cierre la "
"tapa de su portátil."
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-closelid.page:45
+msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+msgstr "Parar la suspensión del equipo cuando se cierra la tapa"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:48
+msgid ""
+"These instructions will only work if you are using <app>systemd</app>. "
+"Contact your distribution for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you "
+#| "can change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank "
+#| "the screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+"change the settings for that behavior. You will need to have an <link xref="
+"\"user-admin-change\">administrator password</link> to change the setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no quiere que el equipo se suspenda al cerrar la tapa, puede cambiar la "
+"configuración de ese comportamiento. Para configurar el equipo para que "
+"apague la pantalla, en lugar de suspender, cuando se cierra la tapa:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
+"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
+"confined place like a backpack."
+msgstr ""
+"Tenga cuidado si cambia esta configuración. Algunos portátiles se pueden "
+"sobrecalentar si se dejan encendidos con la tapa cerrada, especialmente si "
+"están en un lugar cerrado como una mochila."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:69
+msgid "Run the following command:"
+msgstr "Ejecute el siguiente comando:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:73
+msgid ""
+"You will now see the contents of the file. Look for <code>HandleLidSwitch=</"
+"code> in the file. The line may be quoted out with a <code>#</code> at the "
+"start and may be followed by an argument. If the line already exists, "
+"unquote it. Otherwise, add the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/power-closelid.page:77
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"[Login]\n"
+"HandleLidSwitch=<input>lock</input>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"[Login]\n"
+"HandleLidSwitch=<input>lock</input>\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:81
+msgid ""
+"You can use <input>lock</input> for the screen to lock, <input>ignore</"
+"input> for nothing to happen, <input>poweroff</input> for the computer to "
+"switch off or <input>suspend</input> to suspend. For more information, see "
+"<link href=\"man:logind.conf\">logind.conf help</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Once you finish editing the file, save your changes and quit the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:91
+msgid "Run the following command to make your change work:"
+msgstr "Ejecute el siguiente comando para aplicar el cambio:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:93
+msgid ""
+"If you do not run that command, the change will only work after your "
+"computer is restarted."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
msgid ""
@@ -19638,7 +19810,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">arreglar problemas de hibernación</link>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:29
msgid ""
"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
"and does not resume properly."
@@ -19647,12 +19819,12 @@ msgstr ""
"equipo a dormir y no despiertan correctamente."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:32
msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
msgstr "No tengo conexión inalámbrica a la red cuando despierto mi equipo"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:34
msgid ""
"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
@@ -19670,45 +19842,45 @@ msgstr ""
"equipo se reactiva."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:41
msgid ""
"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
msgstr ""
"Si esto pasa, intente apagar su adaptador inalámbrico y volverlo a encender:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-"Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</gui>"
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:53
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
+msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Inalámbrica</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Red</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Inalámbrica</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
-msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+msgid "Switch the wireless <gui>Off</gui> and then <gui>On</gui> again."
msgstr "Apague su tarjeta inalámbrica y vuelva a encenderla"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> "
+#| "and then switch it off again"
msgid ""
-"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
-"then switch it off again"
+"If the wireless still does not work, switch <gui>On</gui> the <gui>Airplane "
+"Mode</gui> and then switch it <gui>Off</gui> again."
msgstr ""
"Si la red inalámbrica sigue sin funcionar, active el <gui>Modo avión</gui> y "
"desactívelo de nuevo"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:64
msgid ""
"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
-"work again."
+"work again. If you are still having problems after that, connect to the "
+"internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer."
msgstr ""
-"Si esto no funciona, reiniciar su equipo suele hacer que el adaptador "
-"inalámbrico funcione de nuevo."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
@@ -20009,43 +20181,74 @@ msgstr ""
"al encender el equipo de nuevo."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-whydim.page:10
-msgid ""
-"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
-"computer is idle in order to save power."
+#: C/power-whydim.page:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
+#| "computer is idle in order to save power."
+msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
msgstr ""
"Cuando su portátil esté funcionando con baterías, se oscurecerá la pantalla "
"cuando el equipo esté inactivo para ahorrar energía."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-whydim.page:23
+#: C/power-whydim.page:31
msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
msgstr "¿Por qué mi pantalla se oscurece después de un tiempo?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:29
+#: C/power-whydim.page:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
+#| "the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
+#| "computer again, the screen will brighten."
msgid ""
-"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
-"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
-"computer again, the screen will brighten."
+"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the "
+"computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer "
+"again, the screen will brighten."
msgstr ""
"Cuando su portátil esté funcionando con baterías, se oscurecerá la pantalla "
"cuando el equipo esté inactivo para ahorrar energía. Cuando reanude su uso, "
"la pantalla volverá a aclararse."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:31
+#: C/power-whydim.page:43
msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
msgstr "Puede evitar que la pantalla se oscurezca:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:38
+#: C/power-whydim.page:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Privacy</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Open <gui>Brightness & Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
-"power</gui>."
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Power</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Abra <gui>Brillo y bloqueo</gui> y desmarque <gui>Oscurecer la pantalla para "
-"ahorrar energía</gui>."
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> empiece a "
+"escribir <gui>Privacidad</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Privacy</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Privacidad</gui> para abrir el panel."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>On</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> "
+#| "section."
+msgid ""
+"Switch <gui>Blank screen</gui> to <gui>Off</gui> in the <gui>Power Saving</"
+"gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Active la opción <gui>Texto grande</gui> (<gui>Encendido</gui>) en la "
+"sección <gui>Visión</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
@@ -20584,17 +20787,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Seleccione el tipo de impresora que usará para imprimir, de la lista de más "
"abajo:"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
-msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
-msgstr "Cancelar un trabajo de impresión pendiente y eliminarlo de la cola."
-
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23 C/printing-name-location.page:14
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:21 C/printing-name-location.page:12
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:20 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:21
msgid "Jana Svarova"
msgstr "Jana Svarova"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:26
+msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+msgstr "Cancelar un trabajo de impresión pendiente y eliminarlo de la cola."
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
@@ -20610,12 +20813,12 @@ msgstr ""
"la configuración de la impresora"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:35
msgid "Cancel a print job"
msgstr "Cancelar un trabajo de impresión"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:37
msgid ""
"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
@@ -20624,19 +20827,33 @@ msgstr ""
"impresión para no gastar la tinta o el papel."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:41
msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
msgstr "Cómo cancelar un trabajo de impresión:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45 C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:38 C/printing-name-location.page:55
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43 C/printing-setup.page:69
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43 C/printing-name-location.page:43
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42 C/printing-setup.page:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> empiece a "
+"escribir <gui>Privacidad</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:47 C/printing-cancel-job.page:87
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:47 C/printing-name-location.page:74
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46 C/printing-setup.page:78
msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
msgstr "Pulse <gui>Impresoras</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50
msgid ""
"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
@@ -20645,7 +20862,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de <gui>Impresoras</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:54
msgid ""
"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
"symbols."
@@ -20654,7 +20871,7 @@ msgstr ""
"o de pausa."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:59
msgid ""
"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
@@ -20663,7 +20880,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Cancelar</gui> de su impresora."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
msgid ""
"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
@@ -20678,7 +20895,7 @@ msgstr ""
"impresión, o intentar apagar la impresora y volver a encenderla."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
msgid ""
"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
@@ -20689,12 +20906,12 @@ msgstr ""
"donde está."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
msgid "Pause and release a print job"
msgstr "Pausar y liberar un trabajo de impresión"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:79
msgid ""
"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
@@ -20704,7 +20921,14 @@ msgstr ""
"pulsando el botón adecuado."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:84 C/printing-name-location.page:71
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</"
+"gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:90
msgid ""
"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
@@ -20931,19 +21155,19 @@ msgstr ""
"están diseñadas para informar de sus niveles de tinta."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
msgstr ""
"Cambiar el nombre o la ubicación de una impresora en las opciones de "
"impresión."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:26
msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
msgstr "Cambiar el nombre o la ubicación de una impresora"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:28
msgid ""
"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
msgstr ""
@@ -20951,7 +21175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de la impresora."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
msgid ""
"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
"location of a printer."
@@ -20960,18 +21184,18 @@ msgstr ""
"la ubicación de una impresora."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:37
msgid "Change printer name"
msgstr "Cambiar el nombre de la impresora"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
msgstr "Si quiere cambiar el nombre de una impresora, siga estos pasos:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:39 C/printing-name-location.page:56
-#: C/printing-setup.page:70
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:50 C/printing-name-location.page:77
+#: C/printing-setup.page:81
msgid ""
"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
"password."
@@ -20980,31 +21204,42 @@ msgstr ""
"introduzca su contraseña."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
-msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
+msgid ""
+"Click on the name of your printer, and start typing a new name for the "
+"printer."
msgstr "Al pulsar sobre el nombre, puede editar el nombre de la impresora."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:42 C/printing-name-location.page:59
-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save your changes."
msgstr "Pulse <key>Intro</key> para guardar los cambios."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:65
msgid "Change printer location"
msgstr "Cambiar la ubicación de la impresora"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:67
msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
msgstr "Para cambiar la ubicación de su impresora:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:81
msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
msgstr ""
"Al pulsar sobre la ubicación, puede editar la ubicación de la impresora."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:84
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
+msgstr "Pulse <key>Intro</key> para guardar los cambios."
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/printing-order.page:8
msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
@@ -21081,7 +21316,7 @@ msgstr ""
"em> seleccione <gui>Clasificar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:18
msgid ""
"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
"you have."
@@ -21090,19 +21325,19 @@ msgstr ""
"impresora que tenga."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
msgstr "Arreglar un atasco de papel"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
msgstr ""
"A veces, las impresoras alimentan de forma incorrecta las hojas de papel y "
"se atascan."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26
msgid ""
"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
@@ -21116,7 +21351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de alimentación de la impresora."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:31
msgid ""
"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
@@ -21185,17 +21420,17 @@ msgstr ""
"se imprimirán las páginas 1,3,5,6,7."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27
msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
msgstr "Seleccionar la impresora que usa más frecuentemente."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
msgid "Set the default printer"
msgstr "Establecer la impresora predeterminada"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:32
msgid ""
"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
@@ -21205,7 +21440,7 @@ msgstr ""
"con más frecuencia."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36
msgid ""
"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
msgstr ""
@@ -21213,14 +21448,14 @@ msgstr ""
"impresora predeterminada."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
msgid ""
"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione la impresora predeterminada de la lista de impresoras disponibles."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
msgid ""
"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
"password."
@@ -21229,12 +21464,12 @@ msgstr ""
"introduzca su contraseña."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:57
msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
msgstr "Seleccione la opción <gui>Predeterminada</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:62
msgid ""
"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
@@ -21246,7 +21481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"input>)."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:65
msgid ""
"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
"new printers."
@@ -21255,7 +21490,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para añadir impresoras nuevas."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:69
msgid ""
"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
@@ -21265,19 +21500,24 @@ msgstr ""
"específica."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-setup.page:8
+#: C/printing-setup.page:34
msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
msgstr "Configurar una impresora que está conectada a su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-setup.page:35
+#: C/printing-setup.page:37
msgid "Set up a local printer"
msgstr "Configurar una impresora local"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:36
+#: C/printing-setup.page:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once "
+#| "they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that "
+#| "attaches to your computer."
msgid ""
-"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
+"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are "
"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
"your computer."
msgstr ""
@@ -21286,7 +21526,7 @@ msgstr ""
"USB."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:41
+#: C/printing-setup.page:44
msgid ""
"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
"printer now. They are listed in one window."
@@ -21295,12 +21535,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ahora. Se listan en una ventana."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:51
+#: C/printing-setup.page:55
msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
msgstr "Asegúrese que la impresora está encendida."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:53
+#: C/printing-setup.page:58
msgid ""
"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
@@ -21311,7 +21551,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que se le pida que se autentique para instalarlos."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+#: C/printing-setup.page:63
msgid ""
"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
@@ -21323,7 +21563,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en la configuración de la impresora."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:63
+#: C/printing-setup.page:69
msgid ""
"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
"settings."
@@ -21332,18 +21572,18 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de impresora."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:73
+#: C/printing-setup.page:85
msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>+</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:74
+#: C/printing-setup.page:88
msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
msgstr ""
"En la ventana emergente, seleccione su impresora y pulse <gui>Añadir</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:78
+#: C/printing-setup.page:93
msgid ""
"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
"install print drivers."
@@ -21352,7 +21592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"necesitar instalar los controladores de la impresora."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:86
+#: C/printing-setup.page:101
msgid ""
"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
@@ -21744,7 +21984,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/privacy-purge.page:56 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:66
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:54
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
msgstr "Pulse <gui>Cerrar</gui>."
@@ -21868,6 +22108,7 @@ msgstr "2011"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
msgstr "Capturas de pantalla y grabaciones de vídeo"
@@ -21889,6 +22130,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
msgstr ""
"Abra la aplicación <app>Captura de pantalla</app> desde la vista de "
@@ -22052,35 +22294,73 @@ msgstr ""
"que se creó."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
-msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+msgid ""
+"You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead "
+"of typing in your password."
msgstr ""
"Puede iniciar sesión en su sistema usando un lector de huellas digitales "
"soportado."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
msgstr "Iniciar sesión con una huella dactilar"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+#| "fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges "
+#| "to perform these steps."
msgid ""
"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
-"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
-"perform these steps."
+"fingerprint and use it to log in."
msgstr ""
"Si su sistema tiene un lector de huellas digitales, puede grabar su huella y "
"usarla para iniciar sesión. Debe tener permisos de administración para "
"realizar estos pasos."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
-msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:35 C/session-fingerprint.page:50
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:61 C/user-changepicture.page:37
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</"
+#| "link> to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right "
+#| "corner and type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to edit user accounts other than your own."
+msgstr ""
+"Necesita <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">privilegios de administrador</"
+"link> para añadir cuentas de usuario. Pulse <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la "
+"esquina superior derecha e introduzca su contraseña, o la contraseña de "
+"administrador cuando se le pida."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+msgid "Record a fingerprint"
+msgstr "Iniciar sesión con una huella dactilar"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+msgid ""
+"Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that "
+"the system can use it to identify you."
msgstr "Primero, grabe una huella con la que el sistema le pueda identificar."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:45
msgid ""
"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
@@ -22091,75 +22371,82 @@ msgstr ""
"un paño limpio y sin pelusa, y vuelva a intentarlo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
-"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-"Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y pulse en la imagen junto a su "
-"nombre para abrir la ventana <gui>Cuentas de usuario</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55 C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+#: C/user-add.page:81 C/user-admin-change.page:39
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:66 C/user-changepicture.page:42
+#: C/user-delete.page:49
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
-"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Users</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Desbloquee su cuenta usando el botón <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina "
-"superior derecha de la herramienta de <gui>Cuentas de usuario</gui>."
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Usuarios</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
-msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
-msgstr "Introduzca su contraseña en el cursor."
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:59 C/session-screenlocks.page:47
+#: C/user-add.page:85 C/user-admin-change.page:43
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:70 C/user-changepicture.page:46
+#: C/user-delete.page:53
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Usuarios</gui> para abrir el panel."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
msgid ""
-"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+"Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, nexdt to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a "
+"fingerprint for the selected account. If you are adding the fingerprint for "
+"a different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
msgstr ""
-"Seleccione la opción <gui>Desactivado</gui> junto a <gui>Inicio de sesión "
-"con huella dactilar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
+#| "gui> button."
msgid ""
-"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
-"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
-"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+"Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui style="
+"\"button\">Continue</gui>."
msgstr ""
-"Seleccione una opción para la huella digital que quiere registrar. Puede "
-"elegir su dedo índice derecho, el dedo índice izquierdo, o un dedo "
-"diferente. A continuación, seleccione <gui>Continuar</gui>."
+"Seleccione el usuario que quiere eliminar y pulse el botón <gui style="
+"\"button\">-</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:72
msgid ""
-"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
-"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
-"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
-"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
-"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
+"Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at <em>moderate "
+"speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. You should need to swipe your "
+"finger at least five times. Once the computer has a good record of your "
+"fingerprint, you will see a <gui>Done!</gui> message."
msgstr ""
-"Pase el dedo seleccionado tres veces a una <em>velocidad moderada</em> por "
-"encima de su lector de huellas digitales. Cada vez que el lector de huellas "
-"digitales reconoce la huella dactilar correcta, la imagen correspondiente a "
-"una mano se transformará en una imagen de una huella digital con una marca "
-"de verificación. Después de la tercera pasada, verá el mensaje <gui>Hecho</"
-"gui>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+#| "fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+"Select <gui>Continue</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione <gui>Continuar</gui>. Verá un mensaje de confirmación de que su "
"huella digital se ha guardado correctamente. Seleccione <gui>Cerrar</gui> "
"para finalizar."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:87
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"
+msgstr "Compruebe que actualmente el ratón funciona"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:89
msgid ""
"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
@@ -22169,67 +22456,43 @@ msgstr ""
"con su contraseña."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
msgid ""
-"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
-"will appear."
+"Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."
msgstr ""
-"En la pantalla de inicio de sesión, seleccione su nombre de usuario de la "
-"lista. Aparecerá el formulario de entrada de contraseña."
+"Guarde cualquier trabajo que tenga abierto y <link xref=\"shell-exit"
+"\">cierre la sesión</link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
-"your name."
-msgstr ""
-"En los siguientes 30 segundos, seleccione el botón de huella dactilar de "
-"arriba a la derecha de su nombre."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:98
msgid ""
-"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
-"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
-"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
-"button and return to the previous step."
+"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
+"will appear."
msgstr ""
-"El botón de huella dactilar está etiquetado con una imagen de una mano. Si "
-"el contador llega a cero, el botón desaparecerá y solo se le permitirá "
-"iniciar sesión con una contraseña. Si quiere intentarlo de nuevo, seleccione "
-"el botón <gui>Cancelar</gui> y vuelva al paso anterior."
+"En la pantalla de inicio de sesión, seleccione su nombre de usuario de la "
+"lista. Aparecerá el formulario de entrada de contraseña."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:102
msgid ""
-"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
-"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+"Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on "
+"the fingerprint reader."
msgstr ""
-"Pase el dedo que ha registrado a una <em>velocidad moderada</em> sobre el "
-"escáner de huella dactilar. Iniciará la sesión."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
-msgid ""
-"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
-"To unlock it, enter your password."
-msgstr ""
-"Si creó anteriormente un depósito de claves, está asegurado con su "
-"contraseña. Para desbloquearlo introduzca su contraseña."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-formats.page:21
+#: C/session-formats.page:22
msgid ""
"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
msgstr "Elija una región usada para fecha, hora, números, moneda y medidas."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-formats.page:27
+#: C/session-formats.page:28
msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
msgstr "Cambiar la fecha y los formatos de medida"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:29
+#: C/session-formats.page:30
msgid ""
"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
@@ -22238,12 +22501,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y medidas para que coincidan con los usados en su región."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:35
-msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Región e idioma</gui> y pulse en <gui>Formatos</gui>."
+#: C/session-formats.page:41
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+msgstr "Pulse <gui>Formatos</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:37
+#: C/session-formats.page:42
msgid ""
"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
@@ -22256,7 +22520,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para seleccionar de entre todas las regiones disponibles."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:41 C/session-language.page:55
+#: C/session-formats.page:46 C/session-language.page:61
msgid ""
"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
@@ -22267,7 +22531,7 @@ msgstr ""
"o pulse <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> para reiniciar más tarde."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:47
+#: C/session-formats.page:52
msgid ""
"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
@@ -22284,7 +22548,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/session-language.page:50 C/session-language.page:86
+#: C/session-language.page:56 C/session-language.page:97
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' "
@@ -22294,18 +22558,18 @@ msgstr ""
"md5='bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-language.page:8
+#: C/session-language.page:9
msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
msgstr ""
"Cambiar a un idioma diferente la interfaz de usuario y el texto de la ayuda."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-language.page:32
+#: C/session-language.page:33
msgid "Change which language you use"
msgstr "Cambiar el idioma que usa"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:40
+#: C/session-language.page:41
msgid ""
"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
@@ -22314,14 +22578,13 @@ msgstr ""
"cuando tenga instalados en su equipo los paquetes de idiomas apropiados."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:45 C/session-language.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Open <gui>Region & Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Abra <gui>Región e idioma</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Idioma</gui>."
+#: C/session-language.page:52
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>."
+msgstr "Pulse <gui>Idioma</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:47 C/session-language.page:83
+#: C/session-language.page:53 C/session-language.page:94
msgid ""
"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
@@ -22339,7 +22602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"original, generalmente inglés americano."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:61
+#: C/session-language.page:67
msgid ""
"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
@@ -22356,12 +22619,12 @@ msgstr ""
"idioma todo el tiempo, debe actualizar los nombres de las carpetas."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/session-language.page:69
+#: C/session-language.page:75
msgid "Change the system language"
msgstr "Cambiar el idioma del sistema"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/session-language.page:71
+#: C/session-language.page:77
msgid ""
"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
@@ -22372,24 +22635,31 @@ msgstr ""
"idioma usado en sitios como la pantalla de inicio de sesión."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:79
-msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
+#: C/session-language.page:89
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
+msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione el botón <gui style=\"button\">Pantalla de inicio de sesión</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:80
+#: C/session-language.page:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
+#| "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+#| "administrator account."
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
-"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
-"administrator account."
+"Click <gui>Language</gui>. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative "
+"privileges</link> are required. Enter your password, or the password for the "
+"requested administrator account."
msgstr ""
"Se necesitan <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">privilegios de administrador</"
"link>. Introduzca su contraseña, o la contraseña de administrador que se le "
"pida."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28
msgid ""
"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
"settings."
@@ -22398,12 +22668,12 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de <gui>Privacidad</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:31
msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
msgstr "La pantalla se bloquea demasiado deprisa"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33
msgid ""
"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
@@ -22418,36 +22688,40 @@ msgstr ""
"puede ser molesto si la pantalla se bloquea con demasiada rapidez."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:39
msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
msgstr ""
"Para esperar un periodo más largo antes de que la pantalla se bloquee "
"automáticamente:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
-msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
-msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Privacidad</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
-msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
-msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Bloquear la pantalla</gui>."
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:50
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+msgid "Press on <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Bloquear pantalla</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in "
+#| "the <gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
msgid ""
"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
-"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
+"<gui>Lock screen after blank for</gui> drop-down list."
msgstr ""
"Si el <gui>Bloqueo automático de la pantalla</gui> está activado, cambie el "
"valor en la lista desplegable <gui>Bloquear la pantalla después de</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
+#| "<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
msgid ""
"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
-"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
+"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Si no quiere que la pantalla se bloquee automáticamente nunca, desactive "
"<gui>Bloquear la pantalla automáticamente</gui>."
@@ -22481,7 +22755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ejemplo <em>Bluetooth</em>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing.page:8
+#: C/sharing.page:9
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
@@ -22492,23 +22766,23 @@ msgstr ""
"\"sharing-media\">Compartición de medios</link>…"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing.page:22
+#: C/sharing.page:23
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr "Compartir"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:17
msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
msgstr ""
"Configurar qué carpetas y dispositivos se pueden compartir por Bluetooth."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
msgstr "Controlar la compartición por Bluetooth"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:27
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:29
msgid ""
"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
@@ -22522,7 +22796,7 @@ msgstr ""
"a las carpetas compartidas en su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
msgid ""
"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
@@ -22532,37 +22806,58 @@ msgstr ""
"connect-device\"/>."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:40
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
msgstr "Compartir su carpeta <file>Público</file> por Bluetooth"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:81
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45 C/sharing-media.page:42
-msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Compartición</gui>."
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:44 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:43 C/sharing-media.page:40
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Compartición</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:47 C/sharing-media.page:44
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:53
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Compartición</gui> para abrir el panel."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:84
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48 C/sharing-media.page:45
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:51 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:92
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:50 C/sharing-media.page:47
#: C/sharing-personal.page:56
msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Si la<gui>Compartición</gui> está <gui>Apagada</gui>, <gui>Actívela</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:54 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:95
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:53 C/sharing-media.page:50
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can "
+"change the name your computer displays on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:88
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:59 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:100
msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Compartición por Bluetooth</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:55
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:62
msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Active la opción <gui>Compartir carpeta Público</gui> (<gui>Encendido</gui>)."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:58
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:65
msgid ""
"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
@@ -22572,7 +22867,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositivos de confianza</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:63 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:100
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:112
msgid ""
"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
@@ -22583,7 +22878,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que tenga un teléfono o un dispositivo Bluetooth cerca activado."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:77
msgid ""
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
@@ -22593,13 +22888,13 @@ msgstr ""
"file>."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:76
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:83
msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
msgstr ""
"Permitir que se compartan los archivos de su carpeta <file>Descargas</file>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:91
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:103
msgid ""
"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
msgstr ""
@@ -22607,7 +22902,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Descargas</gui> (<gui>Encendido</gui>)."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:95
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:107
msgid ""
"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
@@ -22618,7 +22913,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sólo de dispositivos de confianza</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:107
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:119
msgid ""
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
@@ -22626,19 +22921,27 @@ msgstr ""
"Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Cerrar</gui>. Los dispositivos Bluetooth "
"activados no podrán enviar archivos a su carpeta <file>Descargas</file>."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:125
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Files</gui> allows you to launch the <gui>Sharing</gui> panel directly "
+"by clicking the <gui>Preferences</gui> button when you visit the "
+"<gui>Public</gui> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20
msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
msgstr ""
"Permitir que otras personas vean e interactúen con su escritorio usando VNC."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:24
msgid "Share your desktop"
msgstr "Compartir su escritorio"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:26
msgid ""
"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
@@ -22650,7 +22953,7 @@ msgstr ""
"escritorio y configure las preferencias de seguridad."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:31
msgid ""
"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
"gui> to be visible."
@@ -22659,17 +22962,17 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Compartición de pantalla</gui> esté visible."
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:36
msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Instalar Vino</link>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:58
msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Compartición de la pantalla</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61
msgid ""
"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
@@ -22680,7 +22983,7 @@ msgstr ""
"intentar conectarse con su equipo y ver lo que hay en su pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66
msgid ""
"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
@@ -22694,7 +22997,7 @@ msgstr ""
"actualmente usando."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:73
msgid ""
"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
"gui>."
@@ -22702,8 +23005,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Esta opción está activada de manera predeterminada cuando la <gui>Vista "
"remota</gui> está <gui>Activada</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81 C/sharing-personal.page:78
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Seguridad"
+
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:83
msgid ""
"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
"option means before changing it."
@@ -22712,12 +23020,12 @@ msgstr ""
"seguridad antes de cambiarlas."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
msgid "Approve All Connections"
msgstr "Aprobar todas las conexiones"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:88
msgid ""
"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
@@ -22730,17 +23038,17 @@ msgstr ""
"conecte a su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:93
msgid "This option is enabled by default."
msgstr "Esta opción está activada de forma predeterminada."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91 C/sharing-personal.page:78
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:97 C/sharing-personal.page:82
msgid "Require Password"
msgstr "Solicitar contraseña"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:98
msgid ""
"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
@@ -22751,7 +23059,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opción, cualquiera puede intentar ver su escritorio."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96 C/sharing-personal.page:84
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:102 C/sharing-personal.page:88
msgid ""
"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
"secure password."
@@ -22760,17 +23068,17 @@ msgstr ""
"y configurar una contraseña segura."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-media.page:15
+#: C/sharing-media.page:16
msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
msgstr "Compartir medios en su red local usando Rygel."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-media.page:19
+#: C/sharing-media.page:20
msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
msgstr "Compartir su música, fotos y vídeos"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:21
+#: C/sharing-media.page:22
msgid ""
"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
@@ -22784,7 +23092,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que contienen su música, fotos y vídeos."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:27
+#: C/sharing-media.page:28
msgid ""
"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
"gui> to be visible."
@@ -22793,24 +23101,24 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Compartición de medios</gui> esté visible."
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:32
+#: C/sharing-media.page:33
msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Instalar Rygel</link>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:49
+#: C/sharing-media.page:55
msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Compartición de medios</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:52
+#: C/sharing-media.page:58
msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Active la opción <gui>Compartir medios en esta red</gui> (<gui>Encendido</"
"gui>)."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:55
+#: C/sharing-media.page:61
msgid ""
"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
@@ -22825,7 +23133,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<file>Imágenes</file> y <file>Vídeos</file>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:63
+#: C/sharing-media.page:69
msgid ""
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
@@ -22878,26 +23186,12 @@ msgstr ""
"user-share</link>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
-"typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
-"a escribir <gui>Compartición</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:53
-msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Compartición</gui> para abrir el panel."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:60
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:64
msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>."
msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Compartición de archivos personales</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:63
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:67
msgid ""
"Switch <gui>Share Public Folder On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This "
"means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer "
@@ -22909,7 +23203,7 @@ msgstr ""
"file>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:67
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:71
msgid ""
"A <em>url</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be "
"accessed from other computers on the network."
@@ -22918,7 +23212,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<file>Público</file> desde otros equipos de la red."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:79
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:83
msgid ""
"To require other people to use a password when accessing your <file>Public</"
"file> folder, switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do "
@@ -22931,18 +23225,18 @@ msgstr ""
"carpeta <file>Público</file>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28
msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
msgstr ""
"Añadir (o eliminar) iconos de programas de uso frecuente en el tablero."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:31
msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
msgstr "Anclar sus aplicaciones favoritas al tablero"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:33
msgid ""
"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
"for easy access:"
@@ -22951,17 +23245,20 @@ msgstr ""
"link> y poder acceder a ella fácilmente:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
+#| "clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
msgid ""
-"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
-"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
+"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
+"link> by clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
msgstr ""
"Abra la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">vista de actividades</link> "
-"pulsando en <gui>Actividades</gui> en la esquina superior izquierda de la "
+"pulsando en <gui>Actividades</gui> en la parte superior izquierda de la "
"pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41
msgid ""
"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
@@ -22972,7 +23269,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Vista de actividades</gui> del menú."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
msgid ""
"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
msgstr ""
@@ -22980,7 +23277,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quiere."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:50
msgid ""
"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
msgstr ""
@@ -22988,12 +23285,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Añadir a favoritos</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
msgstr "De manera alternativa, puede pulsar y arrastrar el icono al tablero."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:56
msgid ""
"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
@@ -23003,7 +23300,7 @@ msgstr ""
"favoritos</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:59
msgid ""
"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
@@ -23013,8 +23310,10 @@ msgstr ""
"link>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
-msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:26
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
msgstr "Lanzar aplicaciones desde la vista de actividades."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -23024,9 +23323,15 @@ msgstr "Iniciar aplicaciones"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top "
+#| "left of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is "
+#| "where you can find all of your applications. You can also open the "
+#| "overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
msgid ""
"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
-"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
+"of the screen to show the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. This is where you "
"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
msgstr ""
@@ -23038,10 +23343,16 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+#| "\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the screen, or "
+#| "you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the <key xref="
+#| "\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
msgid ""
"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
"\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the screen, or you "
-"can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the <key xref="
+"can use the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing the <key xref="
"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
msgstr ""
"Puede iniciar aplicaciones desde el <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">menú "
@@ -23051,15 +23362,19 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
+#| "<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
msgid ""
"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
-"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
msgstr ""
"Hay distintas maneras de abrir una aplicación una vez que está en la "
"<gui>vista de actividades</gui>:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:55
msgid ""
"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
@@ -23071,10 +23386,15 @@ msgstr ""
"la aplicación para iniciarla."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:60
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
+#| "icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click "
+#| "one of these to start the corresponding application."
msgid ""
"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
-"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
+"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one "
"of these to start the corresponding application."
msgstr ""
"Algunas aplicaciones tienen iconos en el <em>tablero</em>, la franja "
@@ -23082,7 +23402,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gui>. Pulse en uno de ellos para iniciar la aplicación correspondiente."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:63
msgid ""
"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
@@ -23091,7 +23411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apps-favorites\">añadirlas al tablero</link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:68
msgid ""
"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
@@ -23106,7 +23426,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ver todas las aplicaciones. Pulse sobre una aplicación para iniciarla."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:75
msgid ""
"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of "
@@ -23120,7 +23440,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en el área de trabajo que elija."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:80
msgid ""
"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
@@ -23129,12 +23449,12 @@ msgstr ""
"botón central sobre su icono en el tablero o en la lista de aplicaciones."
#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:86
msgid "Quickly running a command"
msgstr "Ejecutar rápidamente un comando"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:87
msgid ""
"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
@@ -23145,7 +23465,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pulsando la tecla <key>Intro</key>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
msgid ""
"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
@@ -23171,7 +23491,9 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/shell-exit.page:39
-msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+msgid "Log out, power off or switch users"
msgstr "Cerrar la sesión, apagar o cambiar de usuario"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -23189,7 +23511,7 @@ msgid "Log out or switch users"
msgstr "Cerrar la sesión o cambiar de usuario"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:52
+#: C/shell-exit.page:53
msgid ""
"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
@@ -23202,7 +23524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cuando vuelva a iniciar sesión."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:56
+#: C/shell-exit.page:57
msgid ""
"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the system menu on "
"the right side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right "
@@ -23213,7 +23535,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seleccione la opción apropiada."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:61
+#: C/shell-exit.page:62
msgid ""
"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
@@ -23222,7 +23544,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sólo aparecen en el menú si tiene más de una cuenta de usuario en su sistema."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:66
+#: C/shell-exit.page:67
msgid ""
"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
"than one user account on your system."
@@ -23231,12 +23553,12 @@ msgstr ""
"más de una cuenta de usuario en su sistema."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:75
+#: C/shell-exit.page:78
msgid "Lock the screen"
msgstr "Bloquear la pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:76
+#: C/shell-exit.page:80
msgid ""
"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
@@ -23253,7 +23575,7 @@ msgstr ""
"después de cierto tiempo."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:83
+#: C/shell-exit.page:87
msgid ""
"To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar "
"and press the lock screen button at the bottom of the menu."
@@ -23263,7 +23585,7 @@ msgstr ""
"menú."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:86
+#: C/shell-exit.page:90
msgid ""
"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
@@ -23275,12 +23597,12 @@ msgstr ""
"terminado."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:95
+#: C/shell-exit.page:101
msgid "Suspend"
msgstr "Suspender"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:97
+#: C/shell-exit.page:103
msgid ""
"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
@@ -23295,7 +23617,7 @@ msgstr ""
"una cantidad muy pequeña de energía."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:103
+#: C/shell-exit.page:109
msgid ""
"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side "
"of the top bar and hold down the <key>Alt</key> key. The power off button "
@@ -23306,12 +23628,12 @@ msgstr ""
"key>. La opción de apagar cambiará a «Suspender». Pulse el botón."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:113
+#: C/shell-exit.page:120
msgid "Power off or restart"
msgstr "Apagar o reiniciar"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:115
+#: C/shell-exit.page:122
msgid ""
"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
"the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the power off "
@@ -23324,7 +23646,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ofreciéndole <gui>Reiniciar</gui> o <gui>Apagar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:120
+#: C/shell-exit.page:127
msgid ""
"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
"restart the computer because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
@@ -23335,7 +23657,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pedirá su contraseña para apagar."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:125
+#: C/shell-exit.page:132
msgid ""
"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
@@ -23351,7 +23673,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:41
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:40
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
@@ -23365,7 +23687,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:47
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:45
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "
@@ -23379,7 +23701,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:69
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
@@ -23393,7 +23715,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:76
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:70
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' "
@@ -23407,7 +23729,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:98
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:90
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
@@ -23419,7 +23741,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:170
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:164
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='bfe2580e70c3220b06582417451cda96'"
@@ -23431,7 +23753,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:177
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:169
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
@@ -23445,19 +23767,23 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:229
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:218
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' "
+#| "md5='17ceca2f3accfdde58e056ecc2facdcc'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='17ceca2f3accfdde58e056ecc2facdcc'"
+"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='b8894ae82f64e964bc802982aa3b988a'"
msgstr ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='17ceca2f3accfdde58e056ecc2facdcc'"
+"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='b8894ae82f64e964bc802982aa3b988a'"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:249
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' "
@@ -23471,7 +23797,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:283
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:274
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "
@@ -23482,9 +23808,13 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
+#| "overview."
msgid ""
-"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
-"overview."
+"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the <gui>Activities</"
+"gui> overview."
msgstr ""
"Una introducción visual a su escritorio, la barra superior y la vista de "
"actividades."
@@ -23507,18 +23837,26 @@ msgstr ""
"escritorio vacío y la barra superior."
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:42 C/shell-introduction.page:48
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:41 C/shell-introduction.page:46
msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
msgstr "Barra superior de GNOME Shell"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:53
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your "
+#| "calendar and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system "
+#| "properties</link> like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in "
+#| "the top bar, you can set your availability, change your profile or "
+#| "settings, log out or switch users, or turn off your computer."
msgid ""
"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
-"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
-"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
-"users, or turn off your computer."
+"like sound, networking, and power. In the status menu in the top bar, you "
+"can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
+"connection details, check your battery status, log out or switch users, and "
+"turn off your computer."
msgstr ""
"La barra superior proporciona acceso a las ventanas y a sus aplicaciones, a "
"su calendario y a sus citas, y a las <link xref=\"status-icons\">propiedades "
@@ -23528,23 +23866,33 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:63 C/shell-terminology.page:31
-msgid "Activities overview"
-msgstr "Vista de actividades"
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:61 C/shell-terminology.page:37
+#| msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview"
+msgstr "Vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>"
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:70 C/shell-introduction.page:77
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:66 C/shell-introduction.page:71
msgid "Activities button"
msgstr "Botón «Actividades»"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:82
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+#| "button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You "
+#| "can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on "
+#| "your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. "
+#| "You can also just start typing to search your applications, files, and "
+#| "folders."
msgid ""
"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
-"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+"also just start typing to search your applications, files, folders and the "
+"web."
msgstr ""
"Para acceder a sus ventanas y aplicaciones, pulse el botón <gui>Actividades</"
"gui>, o simplemente lleve el puntero del ratón a la esquina activa. También "
@@ -23553,7 +23901,7 @@ msgstr ""
"empezar a escribir para buscar aplicaciones, archivos o carpetas."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:89
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:83
msgid ""
"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
@@ -23571,12 +23919,12 @@ msgstr ""
"carpetas."
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:99
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:91
msgid "The dash"
msgstr "El tablero"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:102
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
msgid ""
"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
@@ -23593,7 +23941,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cualquier área de trabajo de la derecha."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:109
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:101
msgid ""
"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
@@ -23605,12 +23953,17 @@ msgstr ""
"para abrir una ventana nueva."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows "
+#| "overview. This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the "
+#| "current workspace. Click any window to focus that window and exit the "
+#| "overview. You can also use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on "
+#| "any window thumbnail."
msgid ""
"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
-"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
-"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
-"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
+"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."
msgstr ""
"Cuando entre en la vista, inicialmente estará en la vista de las ventanas. "
"Esto muestra las miniaturas de todas las ventanas en el área de trabajo "
@@ -23619,7 +23972,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cualquier miniatura de la ventana."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:118
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:109
msgid ""
"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
@@ -23637,29 +23990,36 @@ msgstr ""
"estén en funcionamiento, para que pueda acceder a ellas rápidamente."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:126
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
+#| "link>"
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
-"link>"
+"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Aprender más acerca de iniciar aplicaciones.</"
"link>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:128
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:122
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
+#| "link>"
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </link>"
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Aprender más acerca de las ventanas y las áreas "
"de trabajo.</link>"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:130
msgid "Clock, calendar & appointments"
msgstr "Reloj, calendario y citas"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:152
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:145
msgid ""
"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
@@ -23672,7 +24032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"calendario de <app>Evolution</app> directamente desde el menú."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:158
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:152
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
"</link>"
@@ -23681,39 +24041,39 @@ msgstr ""
"link>"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:164
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:160
msgid "You and your computer"
msgstr "Usted y su equipo"
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:171 C/shell-introduction.page:178
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:165 C/shell-introduction.page:170
msgid "User menu"
msgstr "Menú del usuario"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:183
-msgid ""
-"Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your profile and "
-"your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Pulse en el menú del sistema en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla "
-"para gestionar su perfil y su equipo."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:210
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:175
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your profile and "
+#| "your computer."
msgid ""
-"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
-"system settings."
+"Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings "
+"and your computer."
msgstr ""
-"El menú también le permite editar su información personal y cambiar la "
-"configuración del sistema."
+"Pulse en el menú del sistema en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla "
+"para la configuración del sistema y su equipo."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+#| "people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
+#| "completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can "
+#| "suspend or power off the computer from the menu."
msgid ""
"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
-"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
-"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
+"people from using it. You can also quickly switch users without logging out "
+"completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you can suspend "
"or power off the computer from the menu."
msgstr ""
"Al dejar su equipo, puede bloquear la pantalla para evitar que otras "
@@ -23722,7 +24082,7 @@ msgstr ""
"puede suspender o apagar el equipo desde el menú."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:209
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
"turning off your computer.</link>"
@@ -23732,12 +24092,12 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:225 C/shell-introduction.page:230
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:216 C/shell-introduction.page:219
msgid "Lock Screen"
msgstr "Bloquear la pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:233
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:222
msgid ""
"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
@@ -23752,7 +24112,7 @@ msgstr ""
"controlar la reproducción de medios."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:230
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -23760,17 +24120,17 @@ msgstr ""
"link>"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:246
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:238
msgid "Message Tray"
msgstr "Bandeja de mensajes"
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:250
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:241
msgid "Message tray"
msgstr "Bandeja de mensajes"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
msgid ""
"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
@@ -23783,7 +24143,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para verlas."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:251
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
"message tray.</link>"
@@ -23793,12 +24153,12 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:265 C/shell-introduction.page:284
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:259 C/shell-introduction.page:275
msgid "Window List"
msgstr "Lista de ventanas"
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:270
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:263
msgid ""
"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
@@ -23809,16 +24169,36 @@ msgstr ""
"centrarse en las tareas que tiene a mano sin distracciones."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:275
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching "
+#| "windows. </link>"
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows.</"
"link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Aprender más sobre cambiar entre "
"ventanas. </link>"
#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:297
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:280
+msgid ""
+"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
+"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
+"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
+"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
+"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"A la derecha de la lista de ventanas, GNOME muestra un identificador corto "
+"para el área de trabajo actual, como <gui>1</gui> para la primera área de "
+"trabajo. Además, el identificador también muestra el número total de áreas "
+"de trabajo disponibles. Para cambiar a un área de trabajo diferente, puede "
+"pulsar el en identificador y seleccionar el área de trabado que quiere usar "
+"en el menú."
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
msgid ""
"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
@@ -24190,7 +24570,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
@@ -24204,7 +24584,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:52
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
@@ -24213,8 +24593,13 @@ msgstr ""
"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
"md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:14
+msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:28
msgid ""
"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
"happen."
@@ -24222,23 +24607,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Los mensajes emergentes en la parte inferior de la pantalla le avisan cuando "
"ocurren ciertos eventos."
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
-msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
-msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
-
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
msgstr "Notificaciones y la bandeja de mensajes"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:34
msgid "What is a notification?"
msgstr "¿Qué es una notificación?"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
msgid ""
"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
@@ -24247,7 +24627,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mostrará una notificación en la parte inferior de la pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
msgid ""
"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
@@ -24259,7 +24639,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ello."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:43
msgid ""
"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
@@ -24268,7 +24648,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sola línea. Puede mover el ratón sobre ellas para ver su contenido completo."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:48
msgid ""
"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
@@ -24278,7 +24658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"botón de cerrar."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
msgid ""
"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
@@ -24288,16 +24668,24 @@ msgstr ""
"mensajes."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:62
msgid "The message tray"
msgstr "La bandeja de mensajes"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when "
+#| "it is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the "
+#| "bottom-right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-"
+#| "key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains "
+#| "all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently "
+#| "reside in it."
msgid ""
"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
-"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
msgstr ""
@@ -24309,7 +24697,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permanentemente."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
msgid ""
"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
@@ -24328,7 +24716,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sobre las que no ha actuado o aquellas que residen permanentemente."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
msgid ""
"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
@@ -24342,7 +24730,7 @@ msgstr ""
"individual que le envió los mensajes de chat."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:84
msgid ""
"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
@@ -24351,9 +24739,13 @@ msgstr ""
"key></keyseq> otra vez o <key>Esc</key>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
+#| "need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
msgid ""
-"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
+"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you will "
"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
msgstr ""
"Si el <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">teclado en pantalla</link> está abierto, "
@@ -24361,30 +24753,69 @@ msgstr ""
"mensajes."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:96
msgid "Hiding notifications"
msgstr "Ocultar notificaciones"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
+#| "switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change "
+#| "the <gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
msgid ""
"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
-"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
-"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+"switch off notifications."
msgstr ""
"Si está trabajando en algo y no quiere que le molesten, puede desactivar las "
"notificaciones. Simplemente pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y "
"seleccione <gui>Notificaciones</gui> para cambiarlo a <gui>Apagado</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:103
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Notifications</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Notificaciones</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:107
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Notificaciones</gui> para abrir el panel."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Show Pop Up Banners</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr "Activar las <gui>Teclas lentas</gui> (<gui>Encendido</gui>)."
+
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of "
+#| "the screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
+#| "critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available "
+#| "in the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the "
+#| "bottom right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
+#| "keyseq>), and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</"
+#| "gui> again."
msgid ""
"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
-"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
-"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+"of the screen, or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
+"keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you switch the toggle to "
+"<gui>ON</gui> again."
msgstr ""
"Cuando esté apagado, la mayoría de las notificaciones no se mostrarán como "
"mensajes emergentes en la parte inferior de la pantalla. Las notificaciones "
@@ -24429,42 +24860,51 @@ msgid "Applications and windows"
msgstr "Aplicaciones y ventanas"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:28
msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
msgstr "Un resumen de términos usados para describir partes del escritorio."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
msgstr "Actividades, tablero, barra superior… ¿Qué son?"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
+#| "click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
msgid ""
-"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
-"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+"The <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em> is the screen that is displayed "
+"when you click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
msgstr ""
"La <em>vista de actividades</em> es la pantalla que se muestra cuando pulsa "
"en <gui>Actividades</gui> en la parte superior izquierda de la pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
+#| "select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu "
+#| "at the top left of the screen."
msgid ""
-"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
-"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
-"the top left of the screen."
+"The <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em> is the screen that is displayed "
+"when you select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</"
+"gui> menu at the top left of the screen."
msgstr ""
"La <em>vista de actividades</em> es la pantalla que se muestra cuando "
"selecciona la <gui>Vista de actividades</gui> en el menú <gui>Aplicaciones</"
"gui> en la parte superior izquierda de la pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:47
msgid "Applications menu"
msgstr "Menú de aplicaciones"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:48
msgid ""
"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
@@ -24477,33 +24917,44 @@ msgstr ""
"el elemento <gui>Vista de actividades</gui> en el menú."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:54
msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
msgstr "Cambiador de ventana Super-Tab"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key "
+#| "and then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This "
+#| "shows the icons of the applications you have currently open."
msgid ""
"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
-"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
+"the applications that are currently open."
msgstr ""
"Cuando mantiene pulsada la tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
"key> y pulsa <key>Tab</key>, aparece un <em>selector de ventanas</em>. Esto "
"muestra los iconos de las aplicaciones que tiene abiertas actualmente."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:60
msgid "Dash"
msgstr "Tablero"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown "
+#| "on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
+#| "currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to "
+#| "as the <em>dock</em>."
msgid ""
"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
-"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
-"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
-"the <em>dock</em>."
+"the left-hand side of the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Applications that "
+"are currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to "
+"as the <em>dock</em>."
msgstr ""
"El <em>tablero</em> es la lista de sus aplicaciones favoritas que se muestra "
"en la parte izquierda de la vista de actividades. Aquí también se muestran "
@@ -24511,21 +24962,26 @@ msgstr ""
"lo llama de vez en cuando «<em>dock</em>»."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:67
msgid "Hot corner"
msgstr "Esquina activa"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
+#| "you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
msgid ""
"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
-"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
+"you move the pointer to this corner, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview "
+"opens."
msgstr ""
"La <em>esquina activa</em> es la esquina en la parte superior izquierda de "
"la pantalla. Cuando mueve el puntero aquí, se abre la vista de actividades."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:74
msgid ""
"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
@@ -24538,12 +24994,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tener que desbloquearla."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:80
msgid "Notifications"
msgstr "Notificaciones"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:81
msgid ""
"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
@@ -24562,12 +25018,12 @@ msgstr ""
"keyseq>) para ver su bandeja de mensajes."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:91
msgid "Places menu"
msgstr "Menú Lugares"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:92
msgid ""
"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
@@ -24578,17 +25034,25 @@ msgstr ""
"importantes, como por ejemplo <gui>Descargas</gui> o <gui>Imágenes</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configuración"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
+#| "similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac "
+#| "OS. Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select "
+#| "<gui>Settings</gui> to access them."
msgid ""
"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
-"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
-"gui> to access them."
+"Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the "
+"<gui>Settings</gui> button to access them. Alternatively, you can open the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Settings</gui>, then "
+"select the <gui>Settings</gui> panel."
msgstr ""
"La <em>Configuración del sistema</em> es donde puede cambiar las "
"preferencias, de forma similar al panel de control en Windows o las "
@@ -24597,16 +25061,35 @@ msgstr ""
"acceder."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:106
+#| msgid "System"
+msgid "System menu"
+msgstr "Menú del sistema"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:107
+msgid ""
+"The <em>system menu</em> is on the right side of the top bar. You can update "
+"some of your settings, find information about your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
+"connection, switch user, log out and turn off your computer from this menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:113
msgid "Top bar"
msgstr "Barra superior"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the "
+#| "screen. The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and "
+#| "your username is on the other."
msgid ""
"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
-"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
-"username is on the other."
+"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and the system "
+"menu is on the other."
msgstr ""
"La <em>barra superior</em> es la barra dispuesta a lo largo de la parte "
"superior de la pantalla. El enlace <gui>Actividades</gui> está en uno de los "
@@ -24614,11 +25097,16 @@ msgstr ""
"contrario."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the "
+#| "screen. The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and "
+#| "your username is on the other."
msgid ""
"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
-"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
-"username is on the other."
+"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and the system "
+"menu is on the other."
msgstr ""
"La <em>barra superior</em> es la barra dispuesta a lo largo de la parte "
"superior de la pantalla. El menú de <gui>Aplicaciones</gui> está en uno de "
@@ -24626,12 +25114,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contrario."
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:122
msgid "Workspace"
msgstr "Área de trabajo"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:123
msgid ""
"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
"way of grouping and separating windows."
@@ -24641,23 +25129,28 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/title
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:120 C/shell-workspaces.page:27
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:127 C/shell-workspaces.page:27
msgid "Workspace selector"
msgstr "Selector de áreas de trabajo"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown "
+#| "on the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
+#| "overview."
msgid ""
"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
-"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
-"overview."
+"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the <gui>Activities</"
+"gui> overview."
msgstr ""
"El <em>selector de áreas de trabajo</em> es la lista de áreas de trabajo que "
"se muestra en el lado derecho de la vista de <gui>Ventanas</gui> en la vista "
"actividades."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:134
msgid ""
"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
"shows buttons for all your open windows."
@@ -24666,33 +25159,46 @@ msgstr ""
"pantalla, que muestra botones para todas sus ventanas abiertas."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
-msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces."
msgstr "Comprobar la vista de actividades o mirar en otras áreas de trabajo."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:24
msgid "Find a lost window"
msgstr "Encontrar una ventana perdida"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
+#| "easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities "
+#| "overview</link>:"
msgid ""
"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
-"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
-"link>:"
+"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</"
+"gui> overview</link>:"
msgstr ""
"Una ventana en un área de trabajo diferente, u oculta detrás de otra ventana "
"es sencilla de encontrar usando la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">vista de "
"actividades</link>:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
+#| "current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
+#| "link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
+#| "redisplay the window, or"
msgid ""
-"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
-"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
-"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
-"redisplay the window, or"
+"Open the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>. If the missing window is "
+"on the current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"
+"\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the "
+"thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
msgstr ""
"Abra la <em>Vista de actividades</em>. Si la ventana que está buscando está "
"en el <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">área de trabajo</"
@@ -24700,7 +25206,7 @@ msgstr ""
"simplemente pulse la miniatura, o"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:39
msgid ""
"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
@@ -24711,7 +25217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tratar de encontrar la ventana, o"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:44
msgid ""
"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
@@ -24721,12 +25227,12 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiar."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:49
msgid "Using the window switcher:"
msgstr "Usando el selector de ventanas:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:53
msgid ""
"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
@@ -24741,7 +25247,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> para cambiar hacia atrás."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:60
msgid ""
"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
@@ -24751,19 +25257,19 @@ msgstr ""
"ellas."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10
msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
msgstr ""
"Doble pulsación en la barra de títulos de la ventana para maximizarla o "
"restaurarla."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:22
msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
msgstr "Maximizar y desmaximizar (restaurar) una ventana"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24
msgid ""
"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
@@ -24779,7 +25285,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"shell-windows-tiled\"/>."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:30
msgid ""
"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
@@ -24793,7 +25299,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:36
msgid ""
"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
"titlebar."
@@ -24802,7 +25308,7 @@ msgstr ""
"barra de título."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:39
msgid ""
"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
@@ -24815,7 +25321,7 @@ msgstr ""
"puede usar los mismos atajos de teclado que usó para maximizar la ventana."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:45 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
msgid ""
"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
msgstr ""
@@ -24908,17 +25414,17 @@ msgstr ""
"link>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:19
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "Pulse <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:22
msgid "Switch between windows"
msgstr "Cambiar entre ventanas"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:28
msgid ""
"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
@@ -24929,12 +25435,12 @@ msgstr ""
"completa de las aplicaciones que están en ejecución."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32
msgid "From a workspace:"
msgstr "Desde un área de trabajo:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:35
msgid ""
"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
@@ -24943,7 +25449,7 @@ msgstr ""
"keyseq>para mostrar el <gui>intercambiador de ventanas</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37
msgid ""
"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
@@ -24952,7 +25458,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seleccionar la siguiente ventana (resaltada) en el selector."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39
msgid ""
"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
@@ -24964,7 +25470,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para cambiar hacia atrás."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:45
msgid ""
"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
"windows and switch between them."
@@ -24973,7 +25479,7 @@ msgstr ""
"todas sus ventanas abiertas y cambiar entre ellas."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:49
msgid ""
"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
@@ -24986,7 +25492,7 @@ msgstr ""
"key> y pulse <key>`</key> (o la tecla <key>Tab</key>) para recorrer la lista."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:56
msgid ""
"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
"by vertical separators."
@@ -24995,7 +25501,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se dividen con separadores verticales."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:61
msgid ""
"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
@@ -25006,7 +25512,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pulsándola con el ratón."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64
msgid ""
"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
"<key>↓</key> key."
@@ -25015,12 +25521,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mostrar con la tecla <key>↓</key>."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68
msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
msgstr "Desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:70
msgid ""
"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
@@ -25133,25 +25639,30 @@ msgid "Working with workspaces"
msgstr "Trabajar con áreas de trabajo:"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different "
+#| "workspace."
msgid ""
-"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+"Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different "
+"workspace."
msgstr ""
"Vaya a la vista de Actividades y arrastre la ventana a otro área de trabajo "
"diferente."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:28
msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
msgstr "Mover una ventana a un área de trabajo diferente"
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:25
msgid "Using the mouse:"
msgstr "Usando el ratón:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
msgid ""
"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
"link>."
@@ -25160,7 +25671,7 @@ msgstr ""
"link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
msgid ""
"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
@@ -25171,19 +25682,19 @@ msgstr ""
"gui></link> en la parte superior izquierda de la pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:41
msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
msgstr "Pulse y arrastre la ventana a la derecha de la pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:44
msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
msgstr ""
"El <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">selector de áreas de trabajo</link> "
"aparecerá."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48
msgid ""
"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
@@ -25194,7 +25705,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trabajo vacía al final del <gui>selector de áreas de trabajo</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52
msgid ""
"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
"window you have dropped."
@@ -25204,12 +25715,12 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
#. (itstool) path: list/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:64 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:49
msgid "Using the keyboard:"
msgstr "Usando el teclado:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:66
msgid ""
"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
@@ -25220,7 +25731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"shell-terminology\">selector de ventanas</em>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:71
msgid ""
"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
@@ -25231,7 +25742,7 @@ msgstr ""
"encima del actual en el <em>selector de áreas de trabajo</em>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:74
msgid ""
"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
@@ -25242,22 +25753,29 @@ msgstr ""
"<em>selector de áreas de trabajo</em>."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:19
msgid "Use the workspace selector."
msgstr "Usar el selector de áreas de trabajo."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:22
msgid "Switch between workspaces"
msgstr "Cambie entre las áreas de trabajo"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
-msgstr "Abra la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Vista de actividades</link>."
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
+#| "link>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> <gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Vista de <gui>Actividades</gui></"
+"link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
msgid ""
"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
"\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities Overview</"
@@ -25268,7 +25786,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de actividades</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:34
msgid ""
"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
@@ -25279,13 +25797,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ventanas abiertas en ese área de trabajo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:39
msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
msgstr ""
"Pulse en cualquier miniatura de una ventana para activar el área de trabajo."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:43
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
@@ -25297,7 +25815,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quiere usar."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
msgid ""
"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
@@ -25308,7 +25826,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trabajo actual en el selector de áreas de trabajo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:57
msgid ""
"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
@@ -25454,7 +25972,7 @@ msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
msgstr "Siempre hay al menos un área de trabajo."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-alert.page:18
+#: C/sound-alert.page:27
msgid ""
"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
"alert sounds."
@@ -25463,12 +25981,12 @@ msgstr ""
"alerta, o desactive los sonidos de alerta."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-alert.page:23
+#: C/sound-alert.page:30
msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
msgstr "Elija o desactive el sonido de alerta"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:25
+#: C/sound-alert.page:32
msgid ""
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
@@ -25480,14 +25998,31 @@ msgstr ""
"o desactivar los sonidos de alerta por completo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:32
-msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
-msgstr "Pulse <gui>Sonido</gui>."
+#: C/sound-alert.page:39 C/sound-usemic.page:52 C/sound-usespeakers.page:57
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Sound</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Sonido</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:43 C/sound-usemic.page:56 C/sound-usespeakers.page:61
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Sonido</gui> para abrir el panel."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:33
+#: C/sound-alert.page:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound "
+#| "will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
msgid ""
-"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
+"In the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
msgstr ""
"En la pestaña <gui>Efectos de sonido</gui>, seleccione un sonido de alerta. "
@@ -25495,9 +26030,14 @@ msgstr ""
"suena."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:37
+#: C/sound-alert.page:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the "
+#| "volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, "
+#| "movies, or other sound files."
msgid ""
-"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
+"Use the volume slider in the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
"other sound files."
msgstr ""
@@ -25506,10 +26046,14 @@ msgstr ""
"música, películas u otros archivos de sonido."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:41
+#: C/sound-alert.page:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
+#| "<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
msgid ""
-"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
-"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+"To disable alert sounds entirely, switch the <gui>Alert volume</gui> to "
+"<gui>Off</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Para desactivar completamente los sonidos de alerta, use el interruptor "
"<gui>Encender/Apagar</gui> en la pestaña <gui>Efectos de sonido</gui>."
@@ -25886,19 +26430,19 @@ msgstr ""
"externas USB."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:27
msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
msgstr ""
"Use un micrófono analógico o USB y seleccione un dispositivo de entrada "
"predeterminado."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
msgid "Use a different microphone"
msgstr "Usar un micrófono diferente"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:32
msgid ""
"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
@@ -25913,7 +26457,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sonido."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:38
msgid ""
"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
@@ -25930,7 +26474,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instrucciones para la selección de un dispositivo de entrada predeterminado."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
msgid ""
"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
@@ -25941,26 +26485,31 @@ msgstr ""
"tener que especificar qué micrófono usar de manera predeterminada."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:42 C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:50 C/sound-usespeakers.page:55
msgid "Select a default audio input device"
msgstr "Seleccione el dispositivo de entrada de sonido predeterminado"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
-msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Sonido</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Entrada</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator "
+#| "should respond when you speak."
msgid ""
-"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
-"respond when you speak."
+"In the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use. The "
+"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione el dispositivo en la lista de dispositivos. El indicador del "
"nivel de entrada debería responder cuando hable."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:64
+msgid ""
+"You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:28
msgid ""
"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
msgstr ""
@@ -25968,12 +26517,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sonido predeterminado."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31
msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
msgstr "Usar altavoces o auriculares diferentes"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:33
msgid ""
"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
@@ -25984,7 +26533,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conocido como <em>Jack</em>) o con USB."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:37
msgid ""
"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
@@ -26002,31 +26551,16 @@ msgstr ""
"predeterminado."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
msgid ""
"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
-"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
-"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
-"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
-"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
-"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
-"that speaker."
-msgstr ""
-"Algunos equipos permiten la salida de varios canales para sonido envolvente. "
-"Generalmente usan clavijas TRS múltiples, que a menudo están codificadas con "
-"colores. Si no está seguro de qué se enchufa en cada zócalo, puede probar la "
-"salida de sonido en la configuración de sonido. Pulse en su nombre en la "
-"barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</gui>, a continuación, pulse "
-"en <gui>Sonido</gui>. En la pestaña <gui>Salida</gui>, seleccione los "
-"altavoces en la lista de dispositivos, pulse en <gui style=\"button\">Probar "
-"altavoces</gui>. En la ventana emergente, pulse en el botón para cada "
-"altavoz. Cada botón dirá su posición solo en el canal correspondiente a ese "
-"altavoz."
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49
msgid ""
"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
@@ -26038,14 +26572,22 @@ msgstr ""
"y puede tener que especificar qué altavoces usar de manera predeterminada."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
-msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Sonido</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Salida</gui>."
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In the <gui>Users Settings</gui>, select the user whose password you wish "
+#| "to change."
+msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use."
+msgstr ""
+"En <gui>Configuración de usuarios</gui>, seleccione el usuario cuya "
+"contraseña quiere cambiar."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
-msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
-msgstr "Seleccione el dispositivo en la lista de dispositivos."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui> button to check that all "
+"speakers are working and are connected to the correct socket."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/sound-volume.page:19
@@ -26487,7 +27029,7 @@ msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
msgstr "La batería está vacía y cargándose."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:28
msgid ""
"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
@@ -26496,12 +27038,12 @@ msgstr ""
"alfabetos extranjeros, símbolos matemáticos y «dingbats»."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
msgid "Enter special characters"
msgstr "Insertar caracteres especiales"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33
msgid ""
"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
@@ -26513,17 +27055,17 @@ msgstr ""
"introducir caracteres especiales."
#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38
msgid "Methods to enter characters"
msgstr "Métodos para introducir caracteres"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42
msgid "Character map"
msgstr "Mapa de caracteres"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43
msgid ""
"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
@@ -26534,7 +27076,7 @@ msgstr ""
"carácter que quiere, y cópielo y péguelo donde quiera."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47
msgid ""
"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
@@ -26546,12 +27088,12 @@ msgstr ""
"caracteres</link>."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
msgid "Compose key"
msgstr "Tecla de composición"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
msgid ""
"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
@@ -26564,7 +27106,7 @@ msgstr ""
"key> y después <key>e</key>."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
msgid ""
"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
@@ -26573,23 +27115,23 @@ msgstr ""
"definir una de las teclas existentes en su teclado, como tecla para componer."
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63
msgid "Define a compose key"
msgstr "Definir una tecla de composición"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71
msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Atajos</gui> y pulse en <gui>Escritura</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73
msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
msgstr "Pulse la <gui>Tecla de composición</gui> en el panel derecho."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74
msgid ""
"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
@@ -26608,14 +27150,14 @@ msgstr ""
"una tecla de composición y nunca más funcionará para su propósito original."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82
msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
msgstr ""
"Puede teclear muchos caracteres comunes usando la tecla compuesta, por "
"ejemplo:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:85
msgid ""
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
@@ -26624,7 +27166,7 @@ msgstr ""
"establecer la tilde en tal letra, tal como la <em>é</em>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
msgid ""
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
@@ -26633,7 +27175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"establecer un acento grave sobre tal letra, tal como <em>è</em>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:90
msgid ""
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
@@ -26642,7 +27184,7 @@ msgstr ""
"establecer una diéresis en tal letra, tal como la <em>ë</em>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92
msgid ""
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
@@ -26651,7 +27193,7 @@ msgstr ""
"establecer un macrón sobre la letra, tal como la <em>ë</em>."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:95
msgid ""
"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/";
"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
@@ -26662,12 +27204,12 @@ msgstr ""
"teclas de composición en Wikipedia</link>."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:101
msgid "Code points"
msgstr "Puntos de código"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
msgid ""
"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
@@ -26685,10 +27227,18 @@ msgstr ""
"gui>."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
+#| "<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
+#| "point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often "
+#| "use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might "
+#| "find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can "
+#| "enter them quickly."
msgid ""
"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
-"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
+"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>U</key> followed by the four-character code "
"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
@@ -26702,12 +27252,12 @@ msgstr ""
"de código para esos caracteres de manera que pueda introducirlos rápidamente."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:120
msgid "Keyboard layouts"
msgstr "Distribuciones de teclado"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:121
msgid ""
"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
@@ -26721,15 +27271,21 @@ msgstr ""
"\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:128
msgid "Input methods"
msgstr "Métodos de entrada"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:130
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter "
+#| "characters not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For "
+#| "instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, "
+#| "or enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard."
msgid ""
"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
-"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
+"not only with keyboard but also any input devices. For instance you could "
"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
"characters using a Latin keyboard."
msgstr ""
@@ -26739,7 +27295,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gesto, o introducir caracteres en japonés usando un teclado latino."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:135
msgid ""
"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
@@ -26832,34 +27388,45 @@ msgstr ""
"\">lista de correo</link>."
#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:7
+#: C/user-accounts.page:19
msgctxt "link:trail"
msgid "Users"
msgstr "Usuarios"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-accounts.page:8
+#: C/user-accounts.page:20
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+#| "\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</"
+#| "link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest"
-"\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword"
+"\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</"
+"link>…"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"user-add\">Añadir usuario</link> o <link xref=\"user-addguest"
"\">usuario invitado</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">cambiar "
"contraseña</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administradores</link>…"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:24
+#: C/user-accounts.page:28
msgid "User accounts"
msgstr "Cuentas de usuario"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-accounts.page:26
+#: C/user-accounts.page:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+#| "This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose "
+#| "their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a "
+#| "different user account if you know the password."
msgid ""
"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
-"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
-"account if you know the password."
+"own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a different user "
+"account if you know their password."
msgstr ""
"Cada persona que utiliza el equipo debe tener una cuenta de usuario "
"diferente. Esto le permite mantener sus archivos separados de los suyos y "
@@ -26867,46 +27434,46 @@ msgstr ""
"una cuenta de usuario diferente si conoce la contraseña."
#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:33
+#: C/user-accounts.page:37
msgctxt "link:trail"
msgid "Accounts"
msgstr "Cuentas"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:35
+#: C/user-accounts.page:39
msgid "Manage user accounts"
msgstr "Gestionar las cuentas de usuario"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:39
+#: C/user-accounts.page:43
msgid "Passwords"
msgstr "Contraseñas"
#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:44
+#: C/user-accounts.page:48
msgctxt "link:trail"
msgid "Privileges"
msgstr "Privilegios"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:46
+#: C/user-accounts.page:50
msgid "User privileges"
msgstr "Privilegios del usuario"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-add.page:8
+#: C/user-add.page:32
msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
msgstr ""
"Añadir usuarios nuevos de manera que otras personas puedan iniciar sesión en "
"el equipo."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-add.page:29
+#: C/user-add.page:35
msgid "Add a new user account"
msgstr "Añadir una cuenta de usuario nueva"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:58
+#: C/user-add.page:72
msgid ""
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
@@ -26916,34 +27483,43 @@ msgstr ""
"persona en su hogar o empresa. Cada usuario tiene su propia carpeta de "
"inicio, documentos y configuración."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:64
-msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Usuarios</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+#| "link>."
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to add user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">cambiar quién tiene privilegios de "
+"administrador</link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:66
+#: C/user-add.page:88 C/user-admin-change.page:46 C/user-delete.page:56
+#| msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
-"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
-"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in "
+"your password when prompted."
msgstr ""
-"Necesita <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">privilegios de administrador</"
-"link> para añadir cuentas de usuario. Pulse <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la "
-"esquina superior derecha e introduzca su contraseña, o la contraseña de "
-"administrador cuando se le pida."
+"Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina superior derecha "
+"e introduzca su contraseña cuando se le pida."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:70 C/user-addguest.page:47
+#: C/user-add.page:92
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</"
+#| "gui> button to add a new user account."
msgid ""
-"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
-"button to add a new user account."
+"Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts "
+"on the left, to add a new user account."
msgstr ""
-"En la lista de cuentas en la izquierda, pulse el botón <gui style=\"button\">"
-"+</gui> para añadir una cuenta de usuario nueva."
+"Debajo de la lista de cuentas en la izquierda, pulse el botón <gui style="
+"\"button\">+</gui> para añadir una cuenta de usuario nueva."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:73
+#: C/user-add.page:96
msgid ""
"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
@@ -26957,65 +27533,57 @@ msgstr ""
"controladores, y cambiar la fecha y la hora."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:79
+#: C/user-add.page:103
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in "
+#| "automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
+#| "can change it if you like."
msgid ""
"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
-"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
-"you like."
+"based on the full name. If you do not like the proposed username, you can "
+"change it."
msgstr ""
"Escriba el nombre completo del nuevo usuario. El nombre de usuario se "
"rellenará automáticamente en función del nombre completo. El valor "
"predeterminado probablemente sea correcto, pero puede cambiarlo si quiere."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:83
-msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
-msgstr "Pulse <gui>Añadir</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:85
+#: C/user-add.page:108
msgid ""
-"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
-"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
-"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
-"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
-"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
-"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
-">."
+"You can chose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it "
+"themselves on their first login. You can press on the <gui style=\"button"
+"\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16"
+"\" height=\"16\">generate password</media></gui> icon to automatically "
+"generate a random password."
msgstr ""
-"La cuenta está inicialmente desactivada hasta que decida qué hacer con la "
-"contraseña del usuario. Seleccione la cuenta nueva en la lista. Bajo "
-"<gui>Opciones de inicio de sesión</gui> pulse en <gui>Cuenta desactivada</"
-"gui> junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui>. Seleccione <gui>Establecer una "
-"contraseña ahora</gui> en la lista desplegable <gui>Acción</gui> y haga que "
-"el usuario escriba la contraseña en los campos <gui>Contraseña nueva</gui> y "
-"<gui>Confirmar contraseña</gui>. Consulte la <link xref=\"user-goodpassword"
-"\"/>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:92 C/user-changepassword.page:63
+#: C/user-add.page:115
+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr "Pulse <gui>Añadir</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:119
msgid ""
-"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
-"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
-"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
+"If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the "
+"account, <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press on the "
+"current password status."
msgstr ""
-"También puede pulsar el botón junto al campo <gui>Contraseña nueva</gui> "
-"para seleccionar de forma aleatoria la generación de una contraseña segura. "
-"Estas contraseñas son difíciles de adivinar para los demás, pero también "
-"difíciles de recordar, por lo que debe ser cuidadoso."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:96 C/user-changepassword.page:67
-msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
-msgstr "Pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-add.page:99
+#: C/user-add.page:124
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
+#| "the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
+#| "will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you "
+#| "can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
msgid ""
-"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
-"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
-"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
-"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+"In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user's "
+"name to the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown "
+"in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you "
+"can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
msgstr ""
"En la ventana de <gui>Cuentas de usuario</gui> puede pulsar la imagen junto "
"al nombre del usuario, a la derecha, para establecer una imagen para la "
@@ -27024,104 +27592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seleccionar su propia imagen o hacer una foto con su cámara web."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-addguest.page:7
-msgid ""
-"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
-"password."
-msgstr ""
-"Permitir a los invitados usar su equipo temporalmente, sin tener que darles "
-"una contraseña."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-addguest.page:32
-msgid "Add a guest user account"
-msgstr "Añadir una cuenta de usuario invitado"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-addguest.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
-"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
-"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
-"change your settings, or install software."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede crear una cuenta de usuario para los invitados, personas que solo usan "
-"el equipo de forma breve y temporal. El usuario invitado será capaz de "
-"utilizar los programas en su equipo, pero no será capaz de acceder a sus "
-"archivos, cambiar su configuración o instalar aplicaciones."
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/user-addguest.page:40
-msgid "Create a guest user account:"
-msgstr "Crear una cuenta de usuario invitado:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-addguest.page:42 C/user-admin-change.page:32
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:56 C/user-changepicture.page:30
-#: C/user-delete.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
-"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-"Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y pulse en la imagen junto a su "
-"nombre para abrir la ventana <gui>Usuarios</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-addguest.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
-"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Pulse <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina superior derecha y teclee su "
-"contraseña para realizar los cambios. Debe tener privilegios de "
-"administración para añadir cuentas de usuario."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-addguest.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
-"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
-"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
-"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
-"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione <gui>Estándar</gui> para el tipo de cuenta. No quiere dar "
-"permisos administrativos a la cuenta de invitado. Dele un nombre a la "
-"cuenta, como <em>Invitado</em>, u otro que quiera. El nombre de usuario se "
-"rellenará automáticamente en función del nombre completo. Probablemente, el "
-"valor predeterminado sea correcto, pero puede cambiarlo si quiere. Pulse en "
-"<gui>Añadir</gui> cuando haya terminado."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-addguest.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
-"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
-"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
-"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione la nueva cuenta de usuario invitado. Bajo <gui>Opciones de inicio "
-"de sesión</gui>, pulse la etiqueta <gui>Cuenta desactivada</gui> junto a "
-"<gui>Contraseña</gui>. Se le mostrará una ventana con opciones de "
-"contraseña. De la lista desplegable <gui>Acción</gui> seleccione "
-"<gui>Iniciar sesión sin contraseña</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-addguest.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
-"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
-"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
-"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
-msgstr ""
-"Atrás en la ventana de <gui>Cuentas de usuario</gui> puede pulsar la imagen "
-"junto al nombre del usuario, a la derecha, para establecer una imagen para "
-"la cuenta. Esta imagen se mostrará en la ventana de inicio de sesión. GNOME "
-"proporciona algunos conjuntos de imágenes que puede usar, o puede "
-"seleccionar su propia imagen o hacer una foto con su cámara web."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:24
msgid ""
"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
"giving them administrative privileges."
@@ -27130,17 +27601,24 @@ msgstr ""
"privilegios de administrador."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:27
msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
msgstr "Cambiar quién tiene privilegios de administrador"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+#| "important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
+#| "privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your "
+#| "system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
msgid ""
"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
-"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
-"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
-"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
+"important parts of the system. You can change which users have "
+"administrative privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of "
+"keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "
+"changes."
msgstr ""
"Los privilegios de administrador son una manera de decidir quién puede hacer "
"cambios a ciertas partes importantes del sistema. Puede cambiar qué usuarios "
@@ -27148,53 +27626,66 @@ msgstr ""
"mantener su sistema seguro y evitar posibles daños por cambios no "
"autorizados."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+#| "link>."
msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
-"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
-"yourself.)"
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to change account types."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse <gui>Desbloquear</gui> e introduzca su contraseña para desbloquear la "
-"configuración de la cuenta. (Para dar privilegios de administrador a un "
-"usuario, usted debe tener esos mismos privilegios.)"
+"Puede <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">cambiar quién tiene privilegios de "
+"administrador</link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:50
msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
msgstr "Seleccione el usuario cuyos privilegios quiere cambiar."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
+#| "select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
msgid ""
-"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
+"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and "
"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Pulse en la etiqueta <gui>Estándar</gui> junto a <gui>Tipo de cuenta</gui> y "
"seleccione <gui>Administrador</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
-"they next log in."
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed "
+#| "when they next log in."
+msgid "The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
msgstr ""
"Cierre la ventana de Cuentas de usuario. Los privilegios del usuario se "
"cambiarán la próxima vez que inicie la sesión."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
+#| "privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
+#| "installed the system."
msgid ""
-"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
-"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
-"installed the system."
+"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has "
+"administrator privileges. This is the user account that was created when you "
+"first installed the system."
msgstr ""
"La primera cuenta de usuario en el sistema es generalmente la que tiene "
"privilegios de administrador. Esta es la cuenta de usuario que se creó "
"cuando instaló por primera vez el sistema."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:65
msgid ""
"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
"on one system."
@@ -27203,19 +27694,22 @@ msgstr ""
"<gui>Administrador</gui> en un sistema."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
-msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+msgid ""
+"You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."
msgstr ""
"Necesita privilegios de administrador para cambiar partes importantes de su "
"sistema."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:26
msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
msgstr "¿Cómo funcionan los privilegios de administrador?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:28
msgid ""
"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
@@ -27233,12 +27727,20 @@ msgstr ""
"también están protegidas"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+#| "<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+#| "applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system "
+#| "files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin "
+#| "privileges."
msgid ""
"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
-"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
+"or use these applications, so by default you do not have administrative "
+"privileges."
msgstr ""
"La manera en la que están protegidos es permitiendo solo a los usuarios con "
"<em>privilegios administrativos</em> cambiar los archivos o usar las "
@@ -27247,15 +27749,24 @@ msgstr ""
"tendrá privilegios administrativos."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
+#| "temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
+#| "application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
+#| "example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
+#| "(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
+#| "application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges "
+#| "will be taken away again."
msgid ""
"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
-"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
-"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
-"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
-"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
-"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
-"be taken away again."
+"temporarily get administrative privileges to allow you to make the changes. "
+"If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask for your "
+"password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the "
+"software installer (package manager) will ask for your administrator "
+"password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has "
+"finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again."
msgstr ""
"A veces es necesario utilizar estas aplicaciones, por lo que puede obtener "
"temporalmente privilegios de administrador para poder realizar los cambios. "
@@ -27266,15 +27777,25 @@ msgstr ""
"terminado, sus privilegios de administrador se le quitarán de nuevo."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
-"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
-"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
-"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
-"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
-"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
-"example)."
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
+#| "allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin "
+#| "privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts "
+#| "(for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You "
+#| "shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might "
+#| "accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed "
+#| "system file, for example)."
+msgid ""
+"Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. "
+"<gui>Administrator</gui> users are allowed to have these privileges while "
+"<gui>Standard</gui> users are not. Without administrative privileges you "
+"will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "
+"\"root\" account) have permanent administrative privileges. You should not "
+"use administrative privileges all of the time, because you might "
+"accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed "
+"system file, for example)."
msgstr ""
"Los privilegios de administrador están asociados con su cuenta de usuario. "
"Algunos usuarios pueden tener privilegios de administrador y otros no. Sin "
@@ -27285,27 +27806,39 @@ msgstr ""
"ejemplo, eliminar un archivo del sistema necesario)."
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
+#| "system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
msgid ""
-"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
-"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+"In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of "
+"your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
msgstr ""
"En resumen, los privilegios de administrador le permiten cambiar partes "
"importantes de su sistema cuando lo necesite, pero le impiden hacerlo "
"accidentalmente."
#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
msgstr "¿Qué significa «superusuario»?"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
-msgid ""
-"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
-"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
-"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
-"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. "
+#| "This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. "
+#| "You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</"
+#| "cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user"
+#| "\" (admin) privileges."
+msgid ""
+"A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</"
+"em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. "
+"You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</"
+"cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user"
+"\" (administrative) privileges."
msgstr ""
"Un usuario con privilegios de administrador a veces se denomina "
"<em>superusuario</em>. Esto se debe simplemente a que el usuario tiene más "
@@ -27314,28 +27847,39 @@ msgstr ""
"privilegios de «superusuario» (administrador)."
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
-msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
-msgstr "¿Por qué son útiles los privilegios de administrador?"
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:71
+#| msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"
+msgstr "¿Por qué son útiles los privilegios de administrador?"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:73
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes "
+#| "are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being "
+#| "broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
msgid ""
-"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
-"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
-"intentionally or unintentionally."
+"Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system "
+"changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from "
+"being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
msgstr ""
"Exigir a los usuarios tener privilegios de administrador antes de realizar "
-"cambios importantes del sistema es útil, porque ayuda a evitar que su "
+"cambios importantes del sistema es útil, porque ayuda a evitar que su "
"sistema se rompa, de manera intencionada o accidental."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally "
+#| "change an important file, or run an application which changes something "
+#| "important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you "
+#| "need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
msgid ""
-"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
-"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
-"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
-"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
+"If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally "
+"change an important file, or run an application which changes something "
+"important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges temporarily, "
+"when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
msgstr ""
"Si tuviera privilegios de administrador todo el tiempo, podría cambiar "
"accidentalmente un archivo importante, o ejecutar una aplicación que cambia "
@@ -27343,13 +27887,20 @@ msgstr ""
"temporal, cuando los necesita, reduce el riesgo de que sucedan estos errores."
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
-"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
-"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
-"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
-"standpoint."
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. "
+#| "This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things "
+#| "like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications "
+#| "that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a "
+#| "security standpoint."
+msgid ""
+"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative "
+"privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and "
+"doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing "
+"applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is "
+"useful from a security standpoint."
msgstr ""
"Solo se debe permitir a algunos usuarios de confianza tener privilegios de "
"administrador. Esto impide que otros usuarios puedan manipular el equipo y "
@@ -27358,37 +27909,46 @@ msgstr ""
"desde el punto de vista de la seguridad."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have "
+#| "admin privileges."
msgid ""
-"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
-"privileges."
+"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have "
+"administrative privileges."
msgstr ""
"Puede hacer algunas cosas, como instalar aplicaciones, si tiene privilegios "
"de administrador."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:26
msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
msgstr "Problemas causados por restricciones administrativas"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-"
+#| "admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require "
+#| "admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
msgid ""
"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
-"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
-"privileges in order to work, such as:"
+"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require "
+"administrative privileges in order to work, such as:"
msgstr ""
"Puede tener algunos problemas si no tiene <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
"\">privilegios de administrador</link>. Algunas cosas necesitan que tenga "
"privilegios de administrador para funcionar, por ejemplo:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:34
msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
msgstr "Conectarse a algunas redes cableadas/inalámbricas"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:37
msgid ""
"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
@@ -27397,15 +27957,19 @@ msgstr ""
"de una partición de disco diferente (ej. una partición de Windows)"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:41
msgid "Installing new applications"
msgstr "Instalar aplicaciones nuevas"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+#| "link>."
msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
-"link>."
+"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative "
+"privileges</link>."
msgstr ""
"Puede <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">cambiar quién tiene privilegios de "
"administrador</link>."
@@ -27487,7 +28051,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración; el administrador del sistema puede cambiar esto en su lugar."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:28
msgid ""
"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
"settings."
@@ -27496,12 +28060,12 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de su cuenta."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:31
msgid "Change your password"
msgstr "Cambiar su contraseña"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
"you think someone else knows what your password is."
@@ -27510,21 +28074,15 @@ msgstr ""
"piensa que alguien más conoce su contraseña."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
-msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
-msgstr "Pulse en la etiqueta junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:73
msgid ""
-"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
-"password set."
+"Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are "
+"changing the password for a different user, you will first need to "
+"<gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
msgstr ""
-"La etiqueta debe parecer como una serie de puntos o cajas si ya tiene "
-"establecida una contraseña."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:78
msgid ""
"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
@@ -27532,108 +28090,60 @@ msgstr ""
"Introduzca su contraseña actual, luego una contraseña nueva. Introduzca su "
"contraseña nueva una vez más en el campo <gui>Confirmar contraseña</gui>."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
-msgstr ""
-"Asegúrese de que <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">elije una buena "
-"contraseña</link>. Estro ayudará a mantener su cuenta de usuario segura."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
-msgid "Change the keyring password"
-msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña del depósito de claves"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
-msgid ""
-"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
-"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
-"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
-"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
-"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
-"keyring password (to match your login password):"
-msgstr ""
-"Si cambia su contraseña de acceso puede no concordar con la <em>contraseña "
-"del depósito de claves</em>. El depósito de claves le permite no tener que "
-"recordar muchas contraseñas diferentes, pidiendo solo una contraseña "
-"<em>maestra</em> para acceder a todas ellas. Si cambia su contraseña de "
-"usuario (véase más arriba), la contraseña del depósito de claves sigue "
-"siendo la misma que la contraseña antigua. Para cambiar la contraseña del "
-"depósito de claves (para que coincida con su contraseña de acceso):"
-
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:80
msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
-"gui> overview."
+"You can press on the <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src="
+"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">generate "
+"password</media></gui> icon to automatically generate a random password."
msgstr ""
-"Abra la aplicación <app>Contraseñas y claves de cifrado</app> desde la vista "
-"de <gui>Actividades</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
-"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"En el menú <gui>Ver</gui>, asegúrese de que <gui>Por depósito de claves</"
-"gui> está marcada y seleccione <gui>Mostrar cualquiera</gui>."
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
+msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+msgstr "Pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui>."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
msgid ""
-"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
-"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"En la pestaña <gui>Contraseñas</gui>, pulse con el botón derecho en "
-"<gui>Depósito de inicio de sesión</gui> y seleccione <gui>Cambiar "
-"contraseña</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
-msgid ""
-"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
-"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
+"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
+"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
msgstr ""
-"Introduzca su contraseña actual y pulse <gui>Continuar</gui>. Ahora, escriba "
-"la contraseña nueva y <gui>escríbala otra vez</gui> para confirmarla."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
-msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
-msgstr "Pulse <gui>Continuar</gui>."
+"Asegúrese de que <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">elije una buena "
+"contraseña</link>. Estro ayudará a mantener su cuenta de usuario segura."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
msgid ""
-"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
-"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+"When you update your login password, your login keyring password will "
+"automatically be updated to be the same as your new login password."
msgstr ""
-"Debe tener instalado el paquete <sys>seahorse</sys> para usar "
-"<app>Contraseñas y claves de cifrado</app>."
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> "
+#| "privileges on one system."
msgid ""
-"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+"If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can "
+"change it for you."
msgstr ""
-"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Instalar seahorse</link>"
+"No es recomendable tener demasiados usuarios con privilegios de "
+"<gui>Administrador</gui> en un sistema."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:27
msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
msgstr "Añadir su foto a las pantallas de inicio de sesión y usuario."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
msgid "Change your login screen photo"
msgstr "Cambiar la imagen de inicio de sesión"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
msgid ""
"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
@@ -27645,7 +28155,15 @@ msgstr ""
"cámara web."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your password when "
+"prompted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:54
msgid ""
"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
@@ -27656,19 +28174,30 @@ msgstr ""
"de ellas, pulse para usarla usted mismo."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+#| "<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
msgid ""
"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
-"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+"<gui>Browse for more pictures…</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Si prefiere utilizar una imagen que ya tiene en su equipo, pulse en "
"<gui>Buscar más imágenes</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by "
+#| "clicking <gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize "
+#| "the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't "
+#| "like the picture you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, "
+#| "or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
msgid ""
"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
-"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
+"<gui>Take a photo…</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
"to give up."
@@ -27680,53 +28209,75 @@ msgstr ""
"a intentarlo, o <gui>Cancelar</gui> si se da por vencido."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-delete.page:7
+#: C/user-delete.page:35
msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
msgstr "Eliminar usuarios que ya no usan su equipo"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-delete.page:29
+#: C/user-delete.page:38
msgid "Delete a user account"
msgstr "Eliminar una cuenta de usuario"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:31
+#: C/user-delete.page:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref="
+#| "\"user-add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your "
+#| "computer, you can delete that user's account."
msgid ""
-"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
-"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
-"delete that user's account."
+"You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your computer</"
+"link>. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that "
+"user's account."
msgstr ""
"Puede añadir varias cuentas de usuario a su equipo. Consulte la <link xref="
"\"user-add\"/> para aprender cómo hacerlo. Si alguien no va a volver a usar "
"su equipo, puede eliminar esa cuenta de usuario."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:38
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:44
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+#| "link>."
msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
-"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to delete user accounts."
msgstr ""
-"Pulse <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina superior derecha y teclee su "
-"contraseña para realizar los cambios. Para eliminar cuentas de usuario debe "
-"tener una cuenta de administrador."
+"Puede <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">cambiar quién tiene privilegios de "
+"administrador</link>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:41
+#: C/user-delete.page:60
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
+#| "gui> button."
msgid ""
-"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
-"gui> button."
+"Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui style=\"button\">-"
+"</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to delete that user "
+"account."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione el usuario que quiere eliminar y pulse el botón <gui style="
"\"button\">-</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:43
+#: C/user-delete.page:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+#| "choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
+#| "gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up "
+#| "disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. "
+#| "You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before "
+#| "deleting them."
msgid ""
"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
-"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
-"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
+"space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. You "
+"may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting "
+"them."
msgstr ""
"Cada usuario tiene su propia carpeta de inicio para sus archivos y "
"configuraciones. Puede optar por mantener o eliminar la carpeta de inicio "
@@ -28100,17 +28651,17 @@ msgstr ""
"el vídeo)."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:17
msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
msgstr "Cambiar la tableta Wacom a <gui>Orientación para zurdos</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
msgstr "Use su tableta para zurdos"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:22
msgid ""
"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
@@ -28121,39 +28672,58 @@ msgstr ""
"orientación para zurdos:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27 C/wacom-mode.page:25
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30 C/wacom-stylus.page:29
-msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
-msgstr "Abra <gui>Tableta Wacom</gui>."
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28 C/wacom-mode.page:26
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30 C/wacom-stylus.page:30
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and "
+#| "start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abra la vista de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</gui> y empiece "
+"a escribir <gui>Tableta Wacom</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:32 C/wacom-mode.page:30
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34 C/wacom-stylus.page:34
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Tableta Wacom</gui> para abrir el panel."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28 C/wacom-mode.page:26
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31 C/wacom-stylus.page:30
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:34 C/wacom-mode.page:32
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36 C/wacom-stylus.page:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn "
+#| "on your Wacom tablet</gui>."
msgid ""
"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
-"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+"your Wacom tablet</gui>. Click the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to "
+"connect a wireless tablet."
msgstr ""
"Si no se detecta ninguna tableta, se le pedirá que <gui>Conecte o encienda "
"su tableta Wacom</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:38
msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Active la opción <gui>Orientación para zurdos</gui> (<gui>Encendido</gui>)."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:17
msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
msgstr "Cambiar el modo de la tableta entre modo tableta y modo ratón."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
msgstr "Establecer el modo de seguimiento de la tableta Wacom"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:22
msgid ""
"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
msgstr ""
@@ -28161,7 +28731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"con la pantalla."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
msgid ""
"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
@@ -28170,7 +28740,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gui> o <gui>Touchpad (relativo)</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:40
msgid ""
"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
@@ -28181,7 +28751,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ejemplo, siempre corresponde con el mismo punto de la tableta."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:43
msgid ""
"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
@@ -28194,27 +28764,27 @@ msgstr ""
"menos movimiento de la mano."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:17
msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
msgstr "Mapear la tableta Wacom a una pantalla específica."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:20
msgid "Choose a monitor"
msgstr "Elegir una pantalla"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:40
msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
msgstr "Pulse <gui>Mapa que monitorizar…</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
msgstr "Marque <gui>Mapear una única pantalla</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42
msgid ""
"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
"your graphics tablet."
@@ -28223,24 +28793,34 @@ msgstr ""
"la entrada de su tableta gráfica."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:44
msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
msgstr "Sólo se pueden seleccionar las pantallas que están configuradas."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Switch <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> to <gui>ON</gui> to match "
+"the drawing area of the tablet to the proportions of the monitor. Also "
+"called <em>force proportions</em>, this setting <em>letterboxes</em> the "
+"drawing area on, for instance, a 4:3 tablet to correspond more directly to a "
+"widescreen display."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:17
msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
msgstr ""
"Definir las funciones de los botones y el tacto de la presión de la Wacom "
"stylus."
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:20
msgid "Configure the stylus"
msgstr "Configurar la tableta"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
msgid ""
"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
@@ -28251,7 +28831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"diagrama a la izquierda. Esta configuración se puede ajustar:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:44
msgid ""
"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
@@ -28262,7 +28842,7 @@ msgstr ""
"entre <gui>Suave</gui> y <gui>Firme</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:47
msgid ""
"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
@@ -28279,7 +28859,7 @@ msgstr ""
"«Adelante»."
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:52
msgid ""
"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
@@ -28288,7 +28868,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la sensibilidad entre <gui>Suave</gui> y <gui>Firme</gui>."
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58
msgid ""
"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
@@ -28299,7 +28879,7 @@ msgstr ""
"paginador para elegir qué «stylus» configurar."
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom.page:6
+#: C/wacom.page:7
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
@@ -28310,11 +28890,1285 @@ msgstr ""
"\">Uso de la tableta para zurdos</link>…"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom.page:21
+#: C/wacom.page:23
msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New "
+#~ "Device</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y seleccione "
+#~ "<gui>Configurar un dispositivo nuevo</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth "
+#~ "Settings</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y seleccione "
+#~ "<gui>Configuración de Bluetooth</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+#~ msgstr "Enviar archivos usando el icono de Bluetooth"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+#~ "Device</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y pulse <gui>Enviar "
+#~ "archivos al dispositivo</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+#~ "\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
+#~ "\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
+#~ "not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to "
+#~ "pair with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably "
+#~ "require confirmation on the other device."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La lista de dispositivos se mostrará en los <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+#~ "connect-device\">dispositivos a los que ya está conectado</link> y en el "
+#~ "rango de los <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">dispositivos visibles</"
+#~ "link>. Si todavía no se ha conectado al dispositivo seleccionado, se le "
+#~ "pedirá que se empareje con el dispositivo después de pulsar <gui>Enviar</"
+#~ "gui>. Probablemente, esto requiera una confirmación en el otro "
+#~ "dispositivo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
+#~ "types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si hay varios dispositivos, puede limitar la lista para que sólo "
+#~ "aparezcan los dispositivos de un tipo específico usando el desplegable "
+#~ "<gui>Tipo de dispositivo</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+#~ msgstr "Enviar archivos desde la configuración de Bluetooth"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth "
+#~ "Settings</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra de menú y seleccione "
+#~ "<gui>Configuración de Bluetooth</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list "
+#~ "only shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref="
+#~ "\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seleccione el dispositivo al que enviar archivo en la lista de la "
+#~ "izquierda. La lista sólo muestra los dispositivos a los que ya está "
+#~ "conectado. Consulte la <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+
+#~ msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En la información del dispositivo, a la derecha, pulse <gui>Enviar "
+#~ "archivos</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch "
+#~ "<gui>Bluetooth</gui> off."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para apagar el Bluetooth, pulse el icono de <gui>Bluetooth</gui> y "
+#~ "apáguelo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
+#~ "minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ajuste la fecha y hora pulsando en las flechas para elegir el año, día, "
+#~ "hora y minuto. Puede elegir el año, el mes y el día en las listas "
+#~ "desplegables."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by "
+#~ "switching <gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si quiere, puede tener su reloj actualizado automáticamente activando la "
+#~ "<gui>Hora de red</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
+#~ "synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
+#~ "don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
+#~ "the internet."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cuando <em>hora de red</em> está encendido, el equipo sincronizará "
+#~ "periódicamente su reloj con un reloj muy preciso en Internet, de manera "
+#~ "que no tendrá que hacerlo manualmente. Esto solo funcionará si está "
+#~ "conectado a Internet."
+
+#~ msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
+#~ msgstr "Pulse en el reloj, situado en el centro de la barra superior."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
+#~ "device that you wish to add a profile to."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> y pulse en "
+#~ "el dispositivo al que quiere añadir un perfil."
+
+#~ msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Puede crear un perfil predeterminado cambiándolo con el botón de radio."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. "
+#~ "You can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+#~ "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Puede analizar su archivo y guardarlo como un archivo TIFF sin comprimir. "
+#~ "Después, pulse <gui>Calibrar...</gui> desde <guiseq><gui>Configuración</"
+#~ "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> para crear un perfil para el dispositivo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard "
+#~ "requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Calibrar su pantalla es muy fácil y se debería ser un requerimiento si "
+#~ "usa su equipo para diseño o arte."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
+#~ "colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
+#~ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily "
+#~ "create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the "
+#~ "colorimeter device and what settings to adjust."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Usando el dispositivo llamado colorímetro medirá con precisión los "
+#~ "diferentes colores que su pantalla es capaz de mostrar. Ejecutando "
+#~ "<guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> puede crear "
+#~ "fácilmente un perfil y el asistente le mostrará cómo adjuntar el "
+#~ "colorímetro y qué configuración ajustar."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
+#~ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
+#~ "profile for a device."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Alternativamente puede seleccionar <gui>Importar perfil...</gui> de "
+#~ "<guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> al seleccionar "
+#~ "un perfil para un dispositivo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device "
+#~ "profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time "
+#~ "since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Desafortunadamente no se puede saber si un perfil de dispositivo es "
+#~ "preciso sin recalibrarlo. Se puede usar una simple métrica de la cantidad "
+#~ "de tiempo desde la calibración, para determinar si se recomienda una "
+#~ "recalibración."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test "
+#~ "profiles."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Probar la gestión del color no es difícil y hasta se proporcionan algunos "
+#~ "perfiles de ejemplo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests "
+#~ "different features of a screen profile"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<em>Prueba ADOBEGAMA</em>: cambiará la pantalla a rosa y probará "
+#~ "diferentes características de un perfil de pantalla."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around "
+#~ "the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients "
+#~ "look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole "
+#~ "screen, but images will look very different in applications that support "
+#~ "color management."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<em>RGBFalso</em>: esto no cambiará la pantalla pero cambiará a lo largo "
+#~ "de los canales RGB para llegar a BGR. Hará que todos los gradientes de "
+#~ "colores se muestren prácticamente correctos y no habrá mucha diferencia "
+#~ "en la pantalla entera, pero las imágenes se verán muy diferentes en "
+#~ "aplicaciones que soporten gestión de color."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
+#~ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Añada uno de los perfiles de pruebas a su pantalla usando las "
+#~ "preferencias en <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+#~ "computer."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Un dispositivo virtual es un dispositivo de color gestionado que no está "
+#~ "conectado al equipo."
+
+#~ msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+#~ msgstr "¿Qué es un dispositivo de gestión de color virtual?"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+#~ "computer. Examples of this might be:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Un dispositivo virtual es un dispositivo de gestión de color que no está "
+#~ "conectado al equipo. Ejemplos son:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Una tienda de impresión en línea donde se pueden subir fotos, se imprimen "
+#~ "y se le envían"
+
+#~ msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+#~ msgstr "Fotos de una cámara digital almacenadas en una tarjeta de memoria"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one "
+#~ "of the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
+#~ "guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
+#~ "profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
+#~ "calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para crear un perfil virtual para una cámara digital, simplemente "
+#~ "arrastre y suelte un archivo de imagen dentro del diálogo "
+#~ "<guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>. Después puede "
+#~ "<link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">asignarle perfiles</link> como a "
+#~ "cualquier otro dispositivo o incluso <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera"
+#~ "\">calibrarlo</link>."
+
+#~ msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
+#~ msgstr "Abra la aplicación <app>Discos</app> desde la vista de actividades."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
+#~ "overview."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra la aplicación <app>Archivos</app> desde la vista de "
+#~ "<gui>Actividades</gui>."
+
+#~ msgctxt "_"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
+#~ "hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Guarde cualquier trabajo abierto y después cierre la sesión. Seleccione "
+#~ "su nombre de usuario en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla y "
+#~ "elija <gui>Cerrar la sesión</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose "
+#~ "<gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse <gui>Sesión</gui> debajo de la caja de entrada de la contraseña y "
+#~ "elija <gui>GNOME Clásico</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Iniciar sesión</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose "
+#~ "<gui>GNOME</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse <gui>Sesión</gui> debajo de la caja de entrada de la contraseña y "
+#~ "elija <gui>GNOME</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Teclado</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Región e idioma</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra <gui>Acceso universal</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Teclear</"
+#~ "gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cambie al <gui>Teclado en pantalla</gui> para mostrar el teclado en "
+#~ "pantalla."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Teclado</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Atajos</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Fondo</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+#~ msgstr "Pulse sobre la imagen de su fondo actual en el centro."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
+#~ "<gui>Displays</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</"
+#~ "gui>. Abra <gui>Monitores</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Pantallas</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
+#~ "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your "
+#~ "usual display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</"
+#~ "gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cuando se utiliza otra pantalla, como un proyector, se debe detectar "
+#~ "automáticamente para que pueda cambiar su configuración en la misma forma "
+#~ "que la pantalla normal. Si esto no sucede, simplemente pulse en "
+#~ "<gui>Detectar pantallas</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Ratón y touchpad</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to "
+#~ "give keyboard focus to the top bar."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> para "
+#~ "dar el foco del teclado a la barra superior."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+#~ "\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Use las flechas derecha e izquierda para seleccionar el <link xref=\"a11y-"
+#~ "icon\">menú de acceso universal</link> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using "
+#~ "only the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see "
+#~ "more accessibility options."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Estas instrucciones indican la manera más rápida de activar las teclas "
+#~ "del ratón usando sólo el teclado. Seleccione <gui>Configuración del "
+#~ "acceso universal</gui> para ver más opciones de accesibilidad."
+
+#~ msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+#~ msgstr "El contenido se adhiere a los dedos"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
+#~ "gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En la sección <gui>Touchpad</gui>, seleccione <gui>El contenido se "
+#~ "adhiere a los dedos</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+#~ msgstr "Su dirección IP interna se mostrará en la lista de información."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Su dirección MAC se mostrará como la <gui>Dirección hardware</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</"
+#~ "gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y seleccione "
+#~ "<gui>Configuración de la red</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
+#~ "<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
+#~ "cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seleccione la conexión de red que quiere configurar manualmente y pulse "
+#~ "<gui>Configurar</gui>. Por ejemplo, si se conecta a la red con un cable, "
+#~ "busque en <gui>Cableada</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</"
+#~ "em> and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding "
+#~ "columns of the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or "
+#~ "<key>Tab</key> after typing each address."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse <gui>Añadir</gui> y escriba la <em>dirección IP</em>, la "
+#~ "<em>máscara de red</em> y la <em>dirección IP de la puerta de enlace "
+#~ "predeterminada</em> en las columnas correspondientes de la lista "
+#~ "<gui>Direcciones</gui>. Pulse <key>Intro</key> o <key>Tab</key> después "
+#~ "de escribir cada dirección."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
+#~ "corresponding field, separated by commas."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Escriba en el campo correspondiente las direcciones IP de los servidores "
+#~ "de nombres DNS que quiere usar, separados por comas."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
+#~ "can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings "
+#~ "when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, "
+#~ "they may not be entering the right wireless security password."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si ha establecido una conexión de red, pero otros usuarios del equipo no "
+#~ "puede conectarse, probablemente no están introduciendo la configuración "
+#~ "adecuada cuando intentan conectarse. Por ejemplo, si tiene una conexión "
+#~ "inalámbrica, puede que no esté introduciendo la contraseña correcta de "
+#~ "seguridad inalámbrica."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
+#~ "connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set "
+#~ "it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to "
+#~ "it without being asked any questions. To do this:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Puede hacerlo de modo que todos puedan compartir la configuración de una "
+#~ "conexión de red una vez que la haya creado. Esto significa que solo es "
+#~ "necesario configurarla una vez, y todos los demás en el equipo serán "
+#~ "capaces de conectarse a ella sin necesidad de contestar ninguna pregunta. "
+#~ "Para ello:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</"
+#~ "gui> from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you "
+#~ "want to change)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra la <gui>Red</gui> y seleccione <gui>Cableada</gui> o "
+#~ "<gui>Inalámbrica</gui> de la lista a la izquierda (dependiendo de qué "
+#~ "conexión de red quiera cambiar)."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection "
+#~ "you want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En la lista desplegable <gui>Nombre de red</gui>, seleccione la conexión "
+#~ "que quiere que esté disponible para todos los usuarios y después pulse "
+#~ "<gui>Configurar</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You "
+#~ "will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link "
+#~ "xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seleccione <gui>Disponible para todos los usuarios</gui> y pulse "
+#~ "<gui>Guardar</gui>. Tendrá que introducir su contraseña de administrador "
+#~ "para guardar los cambios. Solo los <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+#~ "\">usuarios administradores</link> pueden hacerlo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings "
+#~ "are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to "
+#~ "modify the connection."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La razón para esto es que, ya que todos los usuarios se ven afectados por "
+#~ "el cambio, solo los usuarios de confianza (administradores) deberían "
+#~ "poder modificar la conexión."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If other users really need to be able to change the connection "
+#~ "themselves, make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available "
+#~ "to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage "
+#~ "their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, "
+#~ "system-wide settings for the connection."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si otros usuarios necesitan ser capaces de cambiar las conexiones por "
+#~ "ellos mismos, haga que la conexión <em>no</em> esté disponible para todos "
+#~ "en el equipo. De esta forma, cada uno podrá gestionar sus propios ajustes "
+#~ "de conexión en lugar de depender de una configuración compartida, en todo "
+#~ "el sistema, para la conexión."
+
+#~ msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+#~ msgstr "Hágalo para que la conexión no se comparta nunca más"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</"
+#~ "gui> from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to "
+#~ "change."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra <gui>Red</gui> y elija <gui>Cableada</gui> o <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> "
+#~ "de la lista en el lado izquierdo, dependiendo de qué conexión quiera "
+#~ "cambiar."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection "
+#~ "you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
+#~ "<gui>Options</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De la lista desplegable <gui>Nombre de red</gui>, seleccione la conexión "
+#~ "que quiere que esté disponible para que todos los usuarios puedan "
+#~ "gestionarla o editarla por ellos mismos, y después pulse <gui>Opciones</"
+#~ "gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
+#~ "admin users can do this."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Deberá introducir su contraseña de administración para cambiar la "
+#~ "conexión. Solo los administradores pueden hacerlo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. "
+#~ "Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection "
+#~ "themselves."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Deseleccione <gui>Disponible para todos los usuarios</gui> y pulse "
+#~ "<gui>Guardar</gui>. Ahora otros usuarios del equipo podrán gestionar la "
+#~ "conexión por ellos mismos."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list "
+#~ "on the left side of the window."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra <gui>Red</gui> y elija <gui>Proxy de red</gui> de la lista en la "
+#~ "parte izquierda de la ventana."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
+#~ "connection to use the chosen configuration."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La configuración del proxy se aplicará a las aplicaciones que usen la "
+#~ "conexión de red con la configuración elegida."
+
+#~ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+#~ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> a la izquierda."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the "
+#~ "network you want to connect to."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y pulse en el nombre de la red "
+#~ "a la que quiere conectarse."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Aprender cuáles son las opciones en la pantalla de conexión inalámbrica "
+#~ "de edición."
+
+#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+#~ msgstr "Editar una conexión inalámbrica"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit "
+#~ "a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
+#~ "<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En este tema se describen todas las opciones que están disponibles cuando "
+#~ "se edita una conexión de red inalámbrica. Para editar una conexión, "
+#~ "seleccione en la configuración de <gui>Red</gui>, a continuación, pulse "
+#~ "en <gui>Opciones</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their "
+#~ "defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the "
+#~ "options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced "
+#~ "networks."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La mayoría de las redes no tendrán ningún problema si deja esta "
+#~ "configuración predeterminada, por lo que probablemente no será necesario "
+#~ "cambiar ninguna de ellas. Muchas de las opciones que aquí se proporcionan "
+#~ "lo son para darle un mayor control sobre redes más avanzadas."
+
+#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+#~ msgstr "Disponible para todos los usuarios / Conectar automáticamente"
+
+#~ msgid "Connect automatically"
+#~ msgstr "Conectar automáticamente"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to "
+#~ "this wireless network whenever it is in range."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seleccione esta opción si quiere que el equipo intente conectarse a esta "
+#~ "red inalámbrica cuando esté en el rango."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, "
+#~ "the computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</"
+#~ "gui> tab in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't "
+#~ "disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that "
+#~ "has just come in range."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si hay varias redes establecidas en el rango, para conectarse "
+#~ "automáticamente, el equipo se conectará a la primera que se muestra en la "
+#~ "pestaña <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> en la ventana <gui>Conexiones de red</"
+#~ "gui>. No se desconectará de una red disponible para conectarse a una "
+#~ "diferente que acabe de aparecer."
+
+#~ msgid "Available to all users"
+#~ msgstr "Disponible para todos los usuarios"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have "
+#~ "access to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-"
+#~ "wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this "
+#~ "option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other "
+#~ "users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without "
+#~ "having to know the password themselves."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Marque esta opción si quiere que todos los usuarios en el equipo tengan "
+#~ "acceso a esta red inalámbrica. Si la red tiene una <link xref=\"net-"
+#~ "wireless-wepwpa\">contraseña WEP/WPA</link> y ha seleccionado esta "
+#~ "opción, solo tendrá que introducir la contraseña una vez. Todos los demás "
+#~ "usuarios en el equipo serán capaces de conectarse a la red sin tener que "
+#~ "conocer la contraseña."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+#~ "\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. "
+#~ "You may be asked to enter your admin password."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si se marca esta opción, tiene que ser <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+#~ "\">administrador</link> para cambiar la configuración de esta red. Se le "
+#~ "puede pedir que introduzca su contraseña de administrador."
+
+#~ msgid "Wireless"
+#~ msgstr "Inalámbrica"
+
+#~ msgid "SSID"
+#~ msgstr "SSID"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
+#~ "known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless "
+#~ "you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by "
+#~ "changing the settings of your wireless router or base station)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Este es el nombre de la red inalámbrica a la que se conecta, también "
+#~ "conocido como el <em>Service Set Identifier</em> (identificador de "
+#~ "conjunto de servicio). No lo cambie a menos que haya cambiado el nombre "
+#~ "de la red inalámbrica (por ejemplo, al cambiar la configuración de su "
+#~ "enrutador inalámbrico o estación base)."
+
+#~ msgid "Mode"
+#~ msgstr "Modo"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
+#~ "gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
+#~ "station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no "
+#~ "base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). "
+#~ "Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
+#~ "adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Úselo para especificar si quiere conectarse a una red de tipo "
+#~ "<gui>Infraestructura</gui> (donde los equipos se conectan de forma "
+#~ "inalámbrica a una estación base central o un enrutador) o <gui>Ad-hoc</"
+#~ "gui> (donde no hay ninguna estación base, y los equipos de la red se "
+#~ "conectan directamente con otro). La mayoría de las redes son de tipo "
+#~ "infraestructura; sin embargo, es posible que quiera <link xref=\"net-adhoc"
+#~ "\">crear su propia red ad-hoc</link>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, "
+#~ "<gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless "
+#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some "
+#~ "computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only "
+#~ "<gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band "
+#~ "that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, "
+#~ "there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this "
+#~ "might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are "
+#~ "using too."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si selecciona <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, verá otras dos opciones: <gui>Banda</"
+#~ "gui> y <gui>Canal</gui>, que determinan en qué banda de frecuencias "
+#~ "inalámbricas operará la red ad-hoc. Algunos equipos solo pueden funcionar "
+#~ "en ciertas bandas (por ejemplo, solo en la <gui>A</gui> o en la <gui>B/G</"
+#~ "gui>), por lo que deberá escoger la banda apropiada para que todos los "
+#~ "equipos de la red ad-hoc puedan usarla. En lugares concurridos, es "
+#~ "posible que existan varias redes inalámbricas compartiendo el mismo "
+#~ "canal; esto podría ralentizar su conexión, por lo que también puede "
+#~ "cambiar el canal que vaya a usar."
+
+#~ msgid "BSSID"
+#~ msgstr "BSSID"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) "
+#~ "is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID "
+#~ "is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and "
+#~ "numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a "
+#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not "
+#~ "have an SSID but it will have a BSSID."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Este es el <em>Identificador de conjunto de servicio básico</em> «Basic "
+#~ "Service Set Identifier». El SSID (ver más arriba) es el nombre de la red "
+#~ "pensado para que lo entiendan las personas; el BSSID es un nombre pensado "
+#~ "para que lo entienda el equipo (es una cadena de letras y números que se "
+#~ "supone que es único en la red inalámbrica). Si <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+#~ "hidden\">la red está oculta</link>, no tendrá SSID pero sí tendrá BSSID."
+
+#~ msgid "Device MAC address"
+#~ msgstr "Dirección MAC del dispositivo:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
+#~ "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
+#~ "Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to "
+#~ "a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Una <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">dirección MAC</link> es un código que "
+#~ "identifica una pieza del hardware de red (por ejemplo, una tarjeta "
+#~ "inalámbrica, una tarjeta de red Ethernet o un enrutador. Cada dispositivo "
+#~ "que puede conectar a una red tiene una dirección MAC única, asignada de "
+#~ "fábrica."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta opción se puede usar para cambiar la dirección MAC de su tarjeta de "
+#~ "red."
+
+#~ msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+#~ msgstr "Dirección MAC clonada"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
+#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
+#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
+#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</"
+#~ "gui> box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned "
+#~ "MAC address rather than its real one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Su hardware de red (tarjeta inalámbrica) puede intentar tener una "
+#~ "dirección MAC distinta. Esto es útil si tiene un dispositivo o servicio "
+#~ "que solo se comunica con una determinada dirección MAC (por ejemplo, un "
+#~ "cablemódem de banda ancha). Si pone esa dirección MAC en el apartado "
+#~ "<gui>dirección MAC clonada</gui>, el dispositivo o servicio pensará que "
+#~ "su equipo tiene la dirección MAC clonada en vez de la real."
+
+#~ msgid "MTU"
+#~ msgstr "MTU"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
+#~ "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
+#~ "files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
+#~ "packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it "
+#~ "is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
+#~ "connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta configuración cambia la <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em> (unidad "
+#~ "de transmisión máxima), que es el tamaño máximo de un fragmento de datos "
+#~ "que se puede enviar a través de la red. Cuando los archivos se envían a "
+#~ "través de una red, los datos se dividen en trozos pequeños (o paquetes). "
+#~ "La MTU óptima para la red dependerá de la probabilidad de que se pierdan "
+#~ "los paquetes (debido a una conexión con ruido) y la rapidez con la "
+#~ "conexión. Generalmente nunca debería cambiar este ajuste."
+
+#~ msgid "Wireless Security"
+#~ msgstr "Seguridad inalámbrica"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
+#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
+#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
+#~ "you're visiting and so on."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esto define qué tipo de <em>cifrado</em> usa su red inalámbrica. Las "
+#~ "conexiones cifradas ayudan a proteger su conexión inalámbrica de ser "
+#~ "interceptada, por lo que otras personas no podrán «escuchar» y ver qué "
+#~ "sitios web está visitando, etc."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be "
+#~ "supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to "
+#~ "type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security "
+#~ "may also require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref="
+#~ "\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of "
+#~ "wireless encryption."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Algunos tipos de cifrado son más fuertes que otros, pero puede que "
+#~ "algunos dispositivos de red inalámbrica más antiguos no lo admitan. "
+#~ "Normalmente tendrá que teclear una contraseña para conectarse; otros "
+#~ "tipos de seguridad más sofisticados también necesitan un nombre de "
+#~ "usuario y un «certificado» digital. Consulte la <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+#~ "wepwpa\"/> para obtener más información sobre los tipos de cifrado "
+#~ "inalámbrico más usuales."
+
+#~ msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Ajustes de IPv4"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer "
+#~ "and which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
+#~ "different ways of getting/setting that information."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Use esta pestaña para definir información como la dirección IP de su "
+#~ "equipo y los servidores DNS que debe usar. Cambie el <gui>Método</gui> "
+#~ "para ver las diferentes maneras de obtener/establecer esa información."
+
+#~ msgid "The following methods are available:"
+#~ msgstr "Los siguientes métodos están disponibles:"
+
+#~ msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+#~ msgstr "Automático (DHCP)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
+#~ "server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
+#~ "connected to the network which decides which network settings your "
+#~ "computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will "
+#~ "automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Obtener información, como la dirección IP y el servidor DNS que usar, de "
+#~ "un <em>servidor DHCP</em>. Un servidor DHCP es un equipo (u otro "
+#~ "dispositivo, como por ejemplo un enrutador) conectado a la red, que "
+#~ "decide qué configuración tendrá su equipo; cuando se conecte por primera "
+#~ "vez a la red, se le asignará automáticamente la configuración correcta. "
+#~ "La mayoría de las redes usan DHCP."
+
+#~ msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+#~ msgstr "Solo direcciones automáticas (DHCP)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
+#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like "
+#~ "which DNS server to use)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si elige esta opción, el equipo obtendrá su dirección IP de un servidor "
+#~ "DHCP, pero tendrá que definir manualmente otros detalles (como el "
+#~ "servidor DNS que usará)."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network "
+#~ "settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Elija esta opción si quiere definir toda la configuración de red, "
+#~ "incluyendo la dirección IP que el equipo debe usar."
+
+#~ msgid "Link-Local Only"
+#~ msgstr "Solo enlace local"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a "
+#~ "network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses "
+#~ "and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the "
+#~ "computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP "
+#~ "addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily "
+#~ "connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<em>Enlace local</em> es una forma de conectar equipos entre sí sin tener "
+#~ "que usar un servidor DHCP ni definir manualmente las direcciones IP ni "
+#~ "otra información. Al conectarse a una red de enlace local, los equipos de "
+#~ "la red decidirán entre ellos qué direcciones IP usar y demás. Esto es "
+#~ "útil si quiere conectar temporalmente unos cuantos equipos juntos para "
+#~ "que puedan comunicarse entre ellos."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
+#~ "connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are "
+#~ "treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network "
+#~ "card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta opción desactivará la conexión a la red y le impedirá conectarse a "
+#~ "ella. Observe que <gui>IPv4</gui> e <gui>IPv6</gui> se tratan como "
+#~ "conexiones separadas, incluso aunque vayan por la misma tarjeta de red. "
+#~ "Si ha activado una de ellas, puede que quiera desactivar la otra."
+
+#~ msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Ajustes de IPv6"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
+#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more "
+#~ "popular at the moment."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Es similar a la pestaña <gui>IPv4</gui> excepto en que concierne al nuevo "
+#~ "estándar IPv6. Las redes más modernas usan IPv6, pero IPv4 sigue siendo "
+#~ "más popular por el momento."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> "
+#~ "wireless network."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra <gui>Configuración de la red</gui> y conéctese a <gui>Otra</gui> red "
+#~ "inalámbrica."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seleccione <gui>Otra</gui> en la lista desplegable <gui>Nombre de red</"
+#~ "gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the "
+#~ "password, turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Compruebe dos veces la contraseña, intente usar la clave de paso en lugar "
+#~ "de la contraseña, apague la tarjeta inalámbrica y actívela de nuevo..."
+
+#~ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</"
+#~ "gui>"
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Red</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Inalámbrica</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
+#~ "work again."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si esto no funciona, reiniciar su equipo suele hacer que el adaptador "
+#~ "inalámbrico funcione de nuevo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open <gui>Brightness & Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
+#~ "power</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra <gui>Brillo y bloqueo</gui> y desmarque <gui>Oscurecer la pantalla "
+#~ "para ahorrar energía</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name "
+#~ "to open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y pulse en la imagen junto a su "
+#~ "nombre para abrir la ventana <gui>Cuentas de usuario</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
+#~ "corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Desbloquee su cuenta usando el botón <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina "
+#~ "superior derecha de la herramienta de <gui>Cuentas de usuario</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+#~ msgstr "Introduzca su contraseña en el cursor."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</"
+#~ "gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seleccione la opción <gui>Desactivado</gui> junto a <gui>Inicio de sesión "
+#~ "con huella dactilar</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
+#~ "your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. "
+#~ "Then select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seleccione una opción para la huella digital que quiere registrar. Puede "
+#~ "elegir su dedo índice derecho, el dedo índice izquierdo, o un dedo "
+#~ "diferente. A continuación, seleccione <gui>Continuar</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> "
+#~ "over your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes "
+#~ "your fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will "
+#~ "transform into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the "
+#~ "third swipe, you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pase el dedo seleccionado tres veces a una <em>velocidad moderada</em> "
+#~ "por encima de su lector de huellas digitales. Cada vez que el lector de "
+#~ "huellas digitales reconoce la huella dactilar correcta, la imagen "
+#~ "correspondiente a una mano se transformará en una imagen de una huella "
+#~ "digital con una marca de verificación. Después de la tercera pasada, verá "
+#~ "el mensaje <gui>Hecho</gui>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right "
+#~ "of your name."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En los siguientes 30 segundos, seleccione el botón de huella dactilar de "
+#~ "arriba a la derecha de su nombre."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
+#~ "runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log "
+#~ "in with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</"
+#~ "gui> button and return to the previous step."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El botón de huella dactilar está etiquetado con una imagen de una mano. "
+#~ "Si el contador llega a cero, el botón desaparecerá y solo se le permitirá "
+#~ "iniciar sesión con una contraseña. Si quiere intentarlo de nuevo, "
+#~ "seleccione el botón <gui>Cancelar</gui> y vuelva al paso anterior."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
+#~ "fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pase el dedo que ha registrado a una <em>velocidad moderada</em> sobre el "
+#~ "escáner de huella dactilar. Iniciará la sesión."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your "
+#~ "password. To unlock it, enter your password."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si creó anteriormente un depósito de claves, está asegurado con su "
+#~ "contraseña. Para desbloquearlo introduzca su contraseña."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Región e idioma</gui> y pulse en <gui>Formatos</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> "
+#~ "tab."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra <gui>Región e idioma</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Idioma</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Privacidad</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Bloquear la pantalla</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Compartición</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Activities overview"
+#~ msgstr "Vista de actividades"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
+#~ "system settings."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El menú también le permite editar su información personal y cambiar la "
+#~ "configuración del sistema."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Vista de actividades</link>."
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Sonido</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Sonido</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Entrada</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This "
+#~ "usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are "
+#~ "unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in "
+#~ "the sound settings. Click your name on the top bar and select "
+#~ "<gui>Settings</gui>, then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</"
+#~ "gui> tab, select your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui "
+#~ "style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the "
+#~ "button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the "
+#~ "channel corresponding to that speaker."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Algunos equipos permiten la salida de varios canales para sonido "
+#~ "envolvente. Generalmente usan clavijas TRS múltiples, que a menudo están "
+#~ "codificadas con colores. Si no está seguro de qué se enchufa en cada "
+#~ "zócalo, puede probar la salida de sonido en la configuración de sonido. "
+#~ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</"
+#~ "gui>, a continuación, pulse en <gui>Sonido</gui>. En la pestaña "
+#~ "<gui>Salida</gui>, seleccione los altavoces en la lista de dispositivos, "
+#~ "pulse en <gui style=\"button\">Probar altavoces</gui>. En la ventana "
+#~ "emergente, pulse en el botón para cada altavoz. Cada botón dirá su "
+#~ "posición solo en el canal correspondiente a ese altavoz."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Sonido</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Salida</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+#~ msgstr "Seleccione el dispositivo en la lista de dispositivos."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Usuarios</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
+#~ "user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
+#~ "Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</"
+#~ "gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> "
+#~ "drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New "
+#~ "password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref="
+#~ "\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La cuenta está inicialmente desactivada hasta que decida qué hacer con la "
+#~ "contraseña del usuario. Seleccione la cuenta nueva en la lista. Bajo "
+#~ "<gui>Opciones de inicio de sesión</gui> pulse en <gui>Cuenta desactivada</"
+#~ "gui> junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui>. Seleccione <gui>Establecer una "
+#~ "contraseña ahora</gui> en la lista desplegable <gui>Acción</gui> y haga "
+#~ "que el usuario escriba la contraseña en los campos <gui>Contraseña nueva</"
+#~ "gui> y <gui>Confirmar contraseña</gui>. Consulte la <link xref=\"user-"
+#~ "goodpassword\"/>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field "
+#~ "to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard "
+#~ "for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "También puede pulsar el botón junto al campo <gui>Contraseña nueva</gui> "
+#~ "para seleccionar de forma aleatoria la generación de una contraseña "
+#~ "segura. Estas contraseñas son difíciles de adivinar para los demás, pero "
+#~ "también difíciles de recordar, por lo que debe ser cuidadoso."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give "
+#~ "them a password."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Permitir a los invitados usar su equipo temporalmente, sin tener que "
+#~ "darles una contraseña."
+
+#~ msgid "Add a guest user account"
+#~ msgstr "Añadir una cuenta de usuario invitado"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
+#~ "computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use "
+#~ "the programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your "
+#~ "files, change your settings, or install software."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Puede crear una cuenta de usuario para los invitados, personas que solo "
+#~ "usan el equipo de forma breve y temporal. El usuario invitado será capaz "
+#~ "de utilizar los programas en su equipo, pero no será capaz de acceder a "
+#~ "sus archivos, cambiar su configuración o instalar aplicaciones."
+
+#~ msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+#~ msgstr "Crear una cuenta de usuario invitado:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name "
+#~ "to open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y pulse en la imagen junto a su "
+#~ "nombre para abrir la ventana <gui>Usuarios</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+#~ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina superior derecha y teclee su "
+#~ "contraseña para realizar los cambios. Debe tener privilegios de "
+#~ "administración para añadir cuentas de usuario."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give "
+#~ "the guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name "
+#~ "like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be "
+#~ "filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably "
+#~ "OK, but you can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're "
+#~ "done."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seleccione <gui>Estándar</gui> para el tipo de cuenta. No quiere dar "
+#~ "permisos administrativos a la cuenta de invitado. Dele un nombre a la "
+#~ "cuenta, como <em>Invitado</em>, u otro que quiera. El nombre de usuario "
+#~ "se rellenará automáticamente en función del nombre completo. "
+#~ "Probablemente, el valor predeterminado sea correcto, pero puede cambiarlo "
+#~ "si quiere. Pulse en <gui>Añadir</gui> cuando haya terminado."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click "
+#~ "the label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You "
+#~ "will be presented with a window with password options. From the "
+#~ "<gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</"
+#~ "gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seleccione la nueva cuenta de usuario invitado. Bajo <gui>Opciones de "
+#~ "inicio de sesión</gui>, pulse la etiqueta <gui>Cuenta desactivada</gui> "
+#~ "junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui>. Se le mostrará una ventana con opciones de "
+#~ "contraseña. De la lista desplegable <gui>Acción</gui> seleccione "
+#~ "<gui>Iniciar sesión sin contraseña</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next "
+#~ "to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This "
+#~ "image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos "
+#~ "you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your "
+#~ "webcam."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Atrás en la ventana de <gui>Cuentas de usuario</gui> puede pulsar la "
+#~ "imagen junto al nombre del usuario, a la derecha, para establecer una "
+#~ "imagen para la cuenta. Esta imagen se mostrará en la ventana de inicio de "
+#~ "sesión. GNOME proporciona algunos conjuntos de imágenes que puede usar, o "
+#~ "puede seleccionar su propia imagen o hacer una foto con su cámara web."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
+#~ "settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin "
+#~ "privileges yourself.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse <gui>Desbloquear</gui> e introduzca su contraseña para desbloquear "
+#~ "la configuración de la cuenta. (Para dar privilegios de administrador a "
+#~ "un usuario, usted debe tener esos mismos privilegios.)"
+
+#~ msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Pulse en la etiqueta junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have "
+#~ "a password set."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La etiqueta debe parecer como una serie de puntos o cajas si ya tiene "
+#~ "establecida una contraseña."
+
+#~ msgid "Change the keyring password"
+#~ msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña del depósito de claves"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
+#~ "<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
+#~ "lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> "
+#~ "password to access them all. If you change your user password (see "
+#~ "above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. "
+#~ "To change the keyring password (to match your login password):"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si cambia su contraseña de acceso puede no concordar con la "
+#~ "<em>contraseña del depósito de claves</em>. El depósito de claves le "
+#~ "permite no tener que recordar muchas contraseñas diferentes, pidiendo "
+#~ "solo una contraseña <em>maestra</em> para acceder a todas ellas. Si "
+#~ "cambia su contraseña de usuario (véase más arriba), la contraseña del "
+#~ "depósito de claves sigue siendo la misma que la contraseña antigua. Para "
+#~ "cambiar la contraseña del depósito de claves (para que coincida con su "
+#~ "contraseña de acceso):"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the "
+#~ "<gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Abra la aplicación <app>Contraseñas y claves de cifrado</app> desde la "
+#~ "vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
+#~ "select <gui>Show any</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En el menú <gui>Ver</gui>, asegúrese de que <gui>Por depósito de claves</"
+#~ "gui> está marcada y seleccione <gui>Mostrar cualquiera</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
+#~ "keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En la pestaña <gui>Contraseñas</gui>, pulse con el botón derecho en "
+#~ "<gui>Depósito de inicio de sesión</gui> y seleccione <gui>Cambiar "
+#~ "contraseña</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
+#~ "password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Introduzca su contraseña actual y pulse <gui>Continuar</gui>. Ahora, "
+#~ "escriba la contraseña nueva y <gui>escríbala otra vez</gui> para "
+#~ "confirmarla."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
+#~ "<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Debe tener instalado el paquete <sys>seahorse</sys> para usar "
+#~ "<app>Contraseñas y claves de cifrado</app>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Instalar seahorse</"
+#~ "link>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+#~ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pulse <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina superior derecha y teclee su "
+#~ "contraseña para realizar los cambios. Para eliminar cuentas de usuario "
+#~ "debe tener una cuenta de administrador."
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Tableta Wacom</gui>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Seleccione <guiseq><gui>Detalles</gui><gui>Dispositivo extraíble</gui></"
@@ -28562,9 +30416,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Añadir…</gui>"
-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Añadir…</gui> para continuar."
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
#~ "appears."
@@ -28670,12 +30521,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ msgctxt "_"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
-
-#~ msgctxt "_"
-#~ msgid ""
#~ "external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
#~ "md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -29064,27 +30909,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Abra <gui>Teclado</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Escritura</gui>."
-#~ msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
-#~ msgstr "Parar la suspensión del equipo cuando se cierra la tapa"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you "
-#~ "can change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank "
-#~ "the screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Si no quiere que el equipo se suspenda al cerrar la tapa, puede cambiar "
-#~ "la configuración de ese comportamiento. Para configurar el equipo para "
-#~ "que apague la pantalla, en lugar de suspender, cuando se cierra la tapa:"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
-#~ "they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
-#~ "confined place like a backpack."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Tenga cuidado si cambia esta configuración. Algunos portátiles se pueden "
-#~ "sobrecalentar si se dejan encendidos con la tapa cerrada, especialmente "
-#~ "si están en un lugar cerrado como una mochila."
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this "
#~ "command and press <key>Enter</key>:"
@@ -29836,9 +31660,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ "En la lista de cuentas en la izquierda, pulse el botón <gui>+</gui> para "
#~ "añadir una cuenta de usuario nueva."
-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Crear</gui>."
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</"
#~ "gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
@@ -29890,13 +31711,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ msgstr "Falta la batería."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
-#~ "<gui>System Settings</gui>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Pulse el icono de la derecha de la <gui>barra superior</gui> y seleccione "
-#~ "<gui>Configuración del sistema</gui>."
-
-#~ msgid ""
#~ "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits "
#~ "your needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -29978,9 +31792,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ msgid "Set as Desktop Background"
#~ msgstr "Establecer como fondo del escritorio"
-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
-#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>+</gui>."
-
#~ msgid "The message tray is always visible in the activities overview."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La bandeja de mensajes está siempre visible en la vista de actividades."
@@ -30886,9 +32697,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ msgid "Click <gui>+</gui>"
#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>+</gui>"
-#~ msgid "Change the password of one of the online services."
-#~ msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña de uno de los servicios en línea."
-
#~ msgid "How can I change the password for an account?"
#~ msgstr "¿Cómo puedo cambiar la contraseña de una cuenta?"
@@ -31056,9 +32864,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ "<app>Documentos</app> está en modo a pantalla completa, y puede buscar "
#~ "colecciones:"
-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> botton."
-#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Comprobar</gui>."
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You may select many documents or collections to send them by mail to "
#~ "friends or co-workers, to print them, or maybe to be delete them. To "
@@ -31569,9 +33374,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ msgid "Click the <em>preview</em> button."
#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón de <em>vista previa</em>."
-#~ msgid "."
-#~ msgstr "."
-
#~ msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph."
#~ msgstr "Cuando finalice la prueba, los resultados aparecerán en el gráfico."
@@ -31627,13 +33429,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ "En algunos sistemas de archivos, los nombres de archivos no pueden "
#~ "contener más de 255 caracteres. Use un nombre más corto."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
-#~ "<gui>Configure</gui>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Pulse sobre la conexión que quiera editar y después pulse "
-#~ "<gui>Configurar</gui>."
-
#~ msgid "<gui>None</gui>"
#~ msgstr "<gui>Ninguno</gui>"
@@ -32112,9 +33907,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ "Teclee <input>gnome-terminal</input>. Se abrirá una ventana de la "
#~ "terminal."
-#~ msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
-#~ msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Distribuciones</gui>."
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
#~ "network."
@@ -32458,13 +34250,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ "conexión:"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
-#~ "\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Si no lo ha hecho ya, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">cree una "
-#~ "conexión</link> al dispositivo Bluetooth."
-
-#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can limit the list to only specific device types using the "
#~ "<gui>Device type</gui> drop-down control. You can also filter the list by "
#~ "whether the devices are paired and whether they are trusted."
@@ -32688,13 +34473,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ "gui>, seleccione <gui>Configurar VPN</gui>."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden "
-#~ "Wireless Network</gui>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Conectar a "
-#~ "una red inalámbrica oculta</gui>."
-
-#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can narrow your results by selecting a different starting folder in "
#~ "<gui>Location</gui>. Or click <gui>Location</gui> and select <gui>File "
#~ "Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow your results based on file "
@@ -33859,13 +35637,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ "descarga más rápidas."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Connecting to a wireless network is easy in most cases, but there can "
-#~ "sometimes be problems."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "La mayoría de las veces es fácil conectarse a una red inalámbrica, pero "
-#~ "en algunos casos da problemas."
-
-#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you experience any trouble with accessing your network, visit some of "
#~ "the other networking-related help topics by clicking on one of the \"See "
#~ "Also\" links at the bottom of this page."
@@ -35150,13 +36921,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ "Cuando esté en la vista <gui>Actividades</gui>, busque <input>Usuarios y "
#~ "grupos</input>. Pulse allí cuando aparezca."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In the <gui>Users Settings</gui>, select the user whose password you wish "
-#~ "to change."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "En <gui>Configuración de usuarios</gui>, seleccione el usuario cuya "
-#~ "contraseña quiere cambiar."
-
#~ msgid "Next to where it says <gui>Password</gui>, click <gui>Change</gui>."
#~ msgstr "Junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui>, pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui>."
@@ -35251,9 +37015,6 @@ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
#~ msgid "Type <input>sound</input>."
#~ msgstr "Escriba <input>sound</input>."
-#~ msgid "Click on the <gui>Sound</gui> icon under <gui>Preferences</gui>."
-#~ msgstr "Pulse en el icono <gui>Sonido</gui>, en <gui>Preferencias</gui>."
-
#~ msgid "General"
#~ msgstr "General"
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
